RELEASE_NOTES revision 147078
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1730 2005/03/28 00:31:23 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
10	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
11		different error which could result in connections that
12		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
13		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
14	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
15		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
16		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
17		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
18	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
19		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
20	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
21		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 
22		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
23		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
24	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
25		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
26		and bounce generation.
27	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
28		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
29		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
30		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
31		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
32	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
33		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
34	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
35		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
36	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
37		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
38		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
39	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
40		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
41		by Joe Maimon.
42	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
43		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
44		on patch by Brian Kantor.
45	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
46		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
47		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
48	Portability:
49		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
50			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
51			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
52			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
53			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
54		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
55			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
56			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
57			University of Bremen.
58	New Files:
59		include/sm/sem.h
60		libsm/sem.c
61		libsm/t-sem.c
62
638.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
64	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
65		is active.
66	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
67		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
68		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
69	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
70		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
71		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
72	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
73		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
74		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
75		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
76
778.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
78	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
79		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
80		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
81		Simple Nomad of BindView.
82	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
83		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
84		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
85	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
86		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
87		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
88		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
89		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
90	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
91		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
92	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
93		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
94		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
95	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
96		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
97	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
98		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
99		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
100	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
101		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
102	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
103		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
104		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
105	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
106		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
107	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
108		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
109		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
110	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
111		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
112		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
113	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
114		noted by Nelson Fung.
115	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
116		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
117	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
118		by Nelson Fung.
119	Portability:
120		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
121	New Files:
122		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
123		devtools/OS/DragonFly
124		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
125	Deleted Files:
126		libsm/vsscanf.c
127
1288.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
129	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
130		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
131		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
132		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
133	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
134		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
135	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
136		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
137		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
138		by David Russell.
139	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
140		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
141		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
142		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
143	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
144		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
145		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
146	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
147		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
148	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
149		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
150		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
151		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
152		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
153		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
154		Bielefeld.
155	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
156		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
157	Portability:
158		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
159			noted by Geoff Adams.
160		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
161		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
162			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
163		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
164			incompatibilities with various *roff related
165			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
166	New Files:
167		doc/op/README
168
1698.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
170	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
171		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
172		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
173		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
174		University.
175	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
176		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
177		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
178	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
179		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
180	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
181		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
182		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
183		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
184		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
185		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
186	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
187		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
188		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
189		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
190		of cf/README for more information.
191	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
192		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
193		the LDAP library.
194	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
195		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
196		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
197		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
198		library supports it.
199	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
200		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
201	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
202		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
203		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
204	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
205		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
206		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
207		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
208		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
209		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
210		determines the length of the interval for which the
211		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
212		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
213	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
214		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
215		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
216		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
217		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
218		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
219		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
220		during that connection.
221	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
222		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
223		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
224	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
225		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
226		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
227	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
228		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
229	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
230		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
231		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
232		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
233	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
234		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
235		sendmail.
236	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
237		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
238		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
239		Mines de Paris.
240	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
241		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
242		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
243		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
244		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
245		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
246		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
247		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
248	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
249		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
250		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
251	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
252		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
253		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
254		by Sander Eerkes.
255	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
256		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
257		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
258		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
259	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
260		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
261		operates on lost queue items.
262	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
263		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
264		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
265		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
266		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
267		quarantine reason.
268	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
269		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
270	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
271		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
272		"QUARANTINE:".
273	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
274		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
275		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
276		be used for the quarantine reason.
277	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
278	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
279		message if it is quarantined.
280	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
281		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
282		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
283		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
284		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
285	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
286		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
287		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
288	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
289		recipients received so far in a transaction.
290	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
291		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
292		noted by Kai Schlichting.
293	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
294		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
295		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
296	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
297		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
298	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
299	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
300		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
301	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
302		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
303		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
304	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
305	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
306		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
307		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
308		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
309	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
310		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
311		of the University of Manitoba.
312	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
313		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
314		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
315		is active.
316	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
317		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
318		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
319	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
320		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
321	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
322		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
323	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
324		overwrite each other's pid files.
325	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
326		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
327		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
328	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
329		LogLevel 12 or higher.
330	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
331		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
332		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
333		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
334		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
335	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
336		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
337		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
338		of Sun Microsystems.
339	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
340		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
341	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
342		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
343	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
344		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
345	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
346		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
347	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
348		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
349		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
350		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
351	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
352		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
353		further information.
354	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
355		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
356	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
357		queue return and warning times for delivery status
358		notifications.
359	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
360		at all.
361	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
362		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
363		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
364	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
365		for DaemonPortOptions.
366	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
367		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
368		of Northern Illinois University.
369	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
370		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
371		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
372		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
373		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
374	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
375		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
376	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
377		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
378	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
379		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
380		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
381	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
382		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
383	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
384		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
385		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
386	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
387		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
388	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
389		HOSTALIASES.
390	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
391		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
392	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
393		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
394		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
395		Oleg Bulyzhin.
396	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
397		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
398		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
399		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
400		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
401	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
402		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
403	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
404		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
405	Portability:
406		Two new compile options have been added:
407			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
408			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
409			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
410		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
411			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
412			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
413			programs to match locking techniques.
414		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
415			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
416		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
417			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
418			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
419			Center for Scientific Computing.
420		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
421		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
422		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
423			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
424			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
425			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
426			from Mark Funkenhauser.
427	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
428		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
429		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
430		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
431	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
432		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
433		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
434		of Northern Illinois University.
435	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
436		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
437		the message using the given reason.
438	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
439		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
440		DNS records than just A.
441	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
442		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
443		connections is maintained.
444	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
445		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
446	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
447		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
448	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
449		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
450		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
451		use the access database to look the pause time based on
452		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
453	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
454		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
455		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
456		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
457		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
458		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
459	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
460		interval when refusing connections for this long.
461	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
462		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
463		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
464	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
465		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
466		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
467	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
468		to follow the naming conventions.
469	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
470		the A= argument.
471	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
472		local_lmtp.
473	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
474		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
475	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
476		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
477		its rules.
478	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
479		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
480		status notifications.
481	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
482	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
483		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
484		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
485	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
486		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
487		doc/op/op.me.
488	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
489		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
490		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
491	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
492		certificate revocations lists.
493	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
494		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
495		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
496		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
497	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
498		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
499		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
500		for more information.
501	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
502		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
503		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
504		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
505		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
506	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
507	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
508		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
509		of LifeLine Networks.
510	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
511		Derek J. Balling.
512	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
513		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
514	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
515		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
516	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
517		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
518		Filters which use this function must include the
519		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
520	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
521		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
522	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
523		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
524	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
525		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
526		resetting the timeout.
527	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
528		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
529		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
530	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
531		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
532	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
533		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
534		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
535	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
536		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
537	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
538		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
539	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
540		from Bryan Costales.
541	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
542		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
543	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
544		amendments to support header insertion operations.
545	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
546		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
547		Informations Services.
548	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
549	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
550		instead of '#'.
551	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
552		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
553		headers.
554	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
555		for the auto-response message.
556	New Files:
557		CACerts
558		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
559		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
560		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
561		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
562		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
563		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
564		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
565		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
566		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
567		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
568		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
569		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
570		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
571		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
572		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
573		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
574		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
575		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
576		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
577		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
578		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
579		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
580		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
581		sendmail/ratectrl.c
582	Deleted Files:
583		cf/feature/nodns.m4
584		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
585		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
586		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
587		libsm/vsprintf.c
588	Renamed Files:
589		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
590
5918.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
592	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
593		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
594		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
595	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
596		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
597		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
598		Techfirm, Inc.
599	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
600		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
601		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
602	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
603		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
604		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
605		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
606	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
607		recipient address also against the printable addresses
608		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
609		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
610	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
611		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
612		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
613	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
614		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
615	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
616		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
617		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
618		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
619		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
620		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
621	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
622		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
623		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
624	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
625		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
626		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
627	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
628		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
629		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
630		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
631		external application that accesses qf files.
632	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
633		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
634	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
635		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
636		Breyha.
637	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
638		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
639		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
640		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
641		environment.
642	Portability:
643		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
644		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
645			Sun Microsystems.
646	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
647		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
648	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
649		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
650	New Files:
651		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
652
6538.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
654	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
655		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
656		of Courtesan Consulting.
657	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
658		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
659		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
660		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
661		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
662	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
663		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
664	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
665	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
666		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
667	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
668		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
669	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
670		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
671		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
672	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
673		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
674	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
675	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
676		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
677		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
678	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
679		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
680		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
681	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
682		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
683	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
684		to make sure they match.
685	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
686		in the kernel.
687	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
688		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
689		Bart Duchesne.
690	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
691		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
692		Craig Hunt.
693	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
694		from Jerome Borsboom.
695	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
696		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
697		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
698	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
699		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
700		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
701		after the close() and before the truncate().
702	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
703		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
704		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
705	Portability:
706		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
707			of Washington for providing access to a computer
708			with AIX 5.2.
709		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
710			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
711		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
712			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
713			of Harker Systems.
714		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
715			your Linux distribution, compile with
716			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
717	Added Files:
718		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
719
7208.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
721	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
722		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
723		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
724		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
725		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
726		includes DNS.
727	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
728		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
729		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
730		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
731	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
732		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
733		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
734		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
735		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
736		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
737		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
738	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
739		by Derek Wueppelmann.
740	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
741		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
742		College London.
743	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
744		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
745		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
746	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
747		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
748	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
749	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
750		text file instead of the database map.
751	Portability:
752		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
753			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
754			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
755			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
756
7578.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
758	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
759		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
760		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
761		of ISS X-Force.
762	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
763		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
764		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
765		Stanford University Compilation Group.
766	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
767		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
768	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
769		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
770		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
771	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
772		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
773	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
774		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
775		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
776
7778.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
778	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
779		across various connections.  This could cause session
780		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
781		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
782		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
783	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
784		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
785		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
786	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
787		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
788		Erik Parker.
789	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
790		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
791		is used.
792	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
793		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
794	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
795		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
796		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
797		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
798		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
799	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
800		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
801	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
802		of 11 or higher.
803	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
804		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
805	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
806		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
807		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
808		to be run even if Runners=0.
809	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
810		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
811		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
812	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
813		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
814	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
815		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
816	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
817		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
818	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
819		by John Majikes of IBM.
820	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
821		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
822	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
823		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
824		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
825	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
826		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
827		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
828	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
829		noted by Matthias Andree.
830	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
831		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
832	Portability:
833		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
834		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
835			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
836			an argument, hence the builtin version of
837			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
838			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
839			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
840		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
841			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
842		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
843			of the TrustedBSD Project.
844		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
845			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
846		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
847		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
848			Corporation.
849		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
850	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
851		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
852	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
853		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
854		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
855	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
856		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
857		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
858		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
859		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
860		in the file itself.
861	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
862		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
863		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
864		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
865	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
866	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
867		relay.
868	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
869		in access_db.
870	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
871	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
872		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
873		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
874	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
875		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
876		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
877	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
878		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
879		Sun Microsystems.
880	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
881		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
882	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
883		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
884		iDEFENSE, Inc.
885	New Files:
886		devtools/OS/Interix
887		include/sm/bdb.h
888
8898.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
890	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
891		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
892		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
893		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
894		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
895	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
896		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
897		Courtesan Consulting.
898	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
899		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
900		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
901	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
902		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
903		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
904	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
905		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
906		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
907		Earickson of Colby College.
908	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
909		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
910		Courtesan Consulting.
911	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
912		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
913	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
914		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
915		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
916	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
917		execve().
918	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
919		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
920		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
921	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
922		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
923		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
924		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
925		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
926	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
927		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
928		supposed for addresses on the header content.
929	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
930	Portability:
931		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
932			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
933			fix from Scott Walters.
934		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
935		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
936			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
937		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
938			NETISO support has been dropped.
939	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
940		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
941		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
942		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
943		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
944		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
945		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
946		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
947		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
948		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
949		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
950		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
951		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
952		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
953	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
954		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
955		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
956		University.
957	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
958		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
959	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
960		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
961	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
962		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
963	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
964		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
965		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
966	New Files:
967		contrib/etrn.0
968
9698.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
970	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
971		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
972		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
973		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
974		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
975		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
976	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
977		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
978		with rogue DNS servers.
979	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
980		by Bryan Costales.
981	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
982		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
983		Costales.
984	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
985		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
986		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
987		Polytechnic Institute.
988	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
989		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
990	Portability:
991		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
992			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
993			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
994			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
995		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
996			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
997			8.13 will change the default locking method to
998			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
999			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1000			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1001			related programs to match locking techniques.
1002
10038.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1004	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1005		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1006		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1007		section of the top level README for more information.
1008		Problem noted by lumpy.
1009	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1010		instead of 0644.
1011	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1012		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1013		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1014	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1015		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1016		Purdue University.
1017	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1018		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1019		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1020	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1021		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1022		of Active State.
1023	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1024		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1025		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1026	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1027		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1028		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1029		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1030	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1031		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1032	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1033		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1034	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1035		or the queue.
1036	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1037		user who started sendmail.
1038	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1039		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1040		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1041	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1042		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1043		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1044		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1045		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1046	Portability:
1047		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1048			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1049			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1050		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1051			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1052			Charles University in Prague.
1053		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1054			memory.
1055	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1056		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1057	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1058		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1059		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1060	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1061		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1062	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1063		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1064		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1065		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1066		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1067	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1068		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1069		noted by Bryan Costales.
1070	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1071		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1072	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1073		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1074	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1075		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1076	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1077		match dnsbl change.
1078	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1079		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1080		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1081	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1082		a user's filter starts other applications.
1083	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1084		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1085	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1086		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1087		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1088	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1089		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1090	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1091		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1092		noted by Bryan Costales.
1093	New Files:
1094		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1095
10968.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1097	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1098		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1099		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1100		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1101		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1102		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1103		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1104		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1105		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1106		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1107		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1108		University.
1109	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1110		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1111		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1112		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1113		of INTERMETA.
1114	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1115		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1116	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1117		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1118	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1119		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1120		ActiveState.
1121	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1122		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1123	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1124		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1125		Northern Illinois University.
1126	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1127		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1128		of Dinoex.
1129	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1130		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1131		Polytechnic Institute.
1132	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1133		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1134		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1135	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1136		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1137		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1138	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1139		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1140	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1141		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1142	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1143		missing arguments.
1144	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1145		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1146		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1147	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1148		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1149	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1150		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1151		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1152	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1153		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1154		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1155	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1156		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1157		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1158		of Concordia University.
1159	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1160		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1161	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1162		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1163		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1164		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1165	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1166		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1167		Elvers.
1168	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1169		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1170		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1171		total number of TCP connections.
1172	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1173		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1174		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1175	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1176		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1177	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1178		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1179		Texas.
1180	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1181		to 451.
1182	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1183		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1184		patch by Bryan Costales.
1185	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1186		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1187	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1188		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1189		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1190		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1191		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1192		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1193		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1194		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1195	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1196		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1197		command).
1198	Portability:
1199		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1200			available.
1201		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1202			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1203			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1204			Skyrr.
1205		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1206			noted by John Beck.
1207		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1208		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1209			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1210	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1211		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1212		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1213	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1214		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1215		error.
1216	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1217		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1218		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1219	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1220		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1221	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1222		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1223	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1224		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1225		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1226		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1227		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1228		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1229	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1230		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1231		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1232		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1233		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1234		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1235		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1236		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1237	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1238		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1239		noted by John Beck.
1240	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1241		if queue groups are used.
1242	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1243	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1244	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1245		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1246	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1247	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1248		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1249		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1250		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1251		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1252		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1253	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1254		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1255		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1256	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1257		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1258		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1259	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1260		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1261		ldap_memfree().
1262	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1263		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1264	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1265		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1266	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1267		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1268		San Francisco.
1269	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1270	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1271		Joe Barbish.
1272	New Files:
1273		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1274
12758.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1276	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1277		at startup, only log an error message.
1278	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1279		following -b) has been specified.
1280	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1281		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1282		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1283	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1284		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1285		Regensburg.
1286	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1287		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1288		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1289		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1290	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1291		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1292		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1293	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1294		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1295		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1296	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1297		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1298		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1299	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1300		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1301		SMTP connections.
1302	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1303		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1304		and Technology.
1305	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1306		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1307		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1308		Meteorological Institute.
1309	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1310		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1311		Online.
1312	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1313		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1314		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1315		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1316		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1317		types, respectively.
1318	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1319		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1320		of Virginia Tech.
1321	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1322		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1323		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1324	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1325		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1326	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1327		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1328	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1329		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1330		of Vienna.
1331	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1332		of Sun Microsystems.
1333	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1334		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1335		with servers that do not support realms when using
1336		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1337	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1338		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1339		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1340	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1341		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1342		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1343	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1344	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1345		instead of forcing localhost.
1346	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1347		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1348	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1349		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1350	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1351		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1352		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1353		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1354		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1355	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1356		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1357	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1358		Compaq Computer Corp.
1359	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1360		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1361		Tech.
1362	Portability:
1363		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1364			patch provided by HP.
1365		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1366			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1367		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1368			Sachin of Siemens.
1369		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1370		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1371			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1372			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1373			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1374		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1375			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1376		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1377			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1378		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1379			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1380			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1381			Hewlett-Packard.
1382		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1383			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1384			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1385		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1386			Virginia Tech.
1387		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1388			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1389		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1390			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1391	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1392		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1393		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1394	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1395		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1396	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1397		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1398		Florida.
1399	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1400		Altin Waldmann.
1401	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1402		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1403		Hewlett-Packard.
1404	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1405		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1406		of MSFU.
1407	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1408		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1409		Institute.
1410	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1411	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1412		to free memory twice.
1413	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1414		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1415		of Sun Microsystems.
1416	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1417		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1418		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1419		University of Athens.
1420	New Files:
1421		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1422		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1423		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1424		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1425		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1426		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1427		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1428		libsm/mpeix.c
1429
14308.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1431	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1432		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1433		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1434		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1435		found by Michal Zalewski.
1436	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1437		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1438		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1439		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1440	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1441		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1442	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1443		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1444		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1445	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1446		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1447		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1448	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1449		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1450		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1451		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1452		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1453	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1454		canonical name for a host.
1455	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1456		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1457		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1458		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1459	Portability:
1460		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1461			`uname` does not given complete information.
1462			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1463			Aircraft Company.
1464		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1465			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1466		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1467			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1468			Courtesan Consulting.
1469	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1470		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1471	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1472		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1473		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1474	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1475		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1476		then use it.
1477	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1478		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1479	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1480		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1481	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1482		and vacation.
1483	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1484		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1485		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1486	New Files:
1487		test/Build
1488		test/Makefile
1489		test/Makefile.m4
1490		test/README
1491		test/t_dropgid.c
1492		test/t_setgid.c
1493	Deleted Files:
1494		include/sm/stdio.h
1495		include/sm/sysstat.h
1496
14978.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1498	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1499		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1500		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1501		default).  The installation process tries to install
1502		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1503		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1504	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1505		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1506		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1507		flags:
1508			GroupWritableForwardFile
1509			WorldWritableForwardFile
1510			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1511			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1512		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1513	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1514		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1515		(IdS).
1516	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1517		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1518		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1519		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1520		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1521		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1522	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1523		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1524		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1525		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1526		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1527	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1528		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1529	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1530		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1531		sendmail/SECURITY.
1532	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1533		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1534		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1535	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1536		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1537		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1538		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1539		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1540	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1541		command has been removed.
1542	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1543		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1544	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1545		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1546		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1547		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1548	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1549		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1550		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1551		supported.
1552	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1553		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
1554		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1555		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1556		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
1557		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1558		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1559		creation rather than just before delivery.
1560	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
1561		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1562		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
1563		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1564		preference matches (coattail).
1565	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1566		try other MX hosts if available.
1567	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1568		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1569	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1570		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
1571		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1572	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1573	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1574		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1575		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1576		removed in future versions.
1577	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1578		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1579	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1580		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
1581		doc/op/op.me for details.
1582	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1583		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1584		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1585		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1586	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1587	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1588		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1589	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1590		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1591		enough on a per recipient basis.
1592	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1593		for STARTTLS.
1594	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1595		value "NOT".
1596	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1597		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1598	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1599		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1600	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1601		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1602		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1603		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1604	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1605		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1606	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1607		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1608		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1609		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1610		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1611		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1612		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1613		by a queue run.
1614	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1615		system each queue directory resides in.
1616	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1617	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1618	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1619		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1620		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1621		same time.
1622	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1623		active queue runner processes.
1624	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1625		runners per queue group.
1626	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1627		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1628		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1629		of the queue that match during processing.
1630	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1631		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1632		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1633		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1634		persistent queue runner.
1635	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1636		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1637		sendmail -q15m).
1638	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1639		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1640	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1641		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1642	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1643		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1644	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1645		of the qf file (older entries first).
1646	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1647		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1648		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1649		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1650	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1651		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1652	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1653		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1654		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1655		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1656		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1657	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1658		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1659		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1660	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1661		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1662		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1663		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1664		details.
1665	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1666		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1667	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1668		and the usual documentation for details.
1669	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1670	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1671		announced in 8.10.
1672	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1673	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1674		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1675		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1676	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1677		-r (number of retries).
1678	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1679		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1680		and value separated by the given separator.
1681	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1682		to map class arith.
1683	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1684		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1685	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1686		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1687	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1688		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1689		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1690	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1691		filenames with spaces).
1692	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1693	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1694		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1695		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1696		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1697		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1698		to the loopback net.
1699	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1700	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1701		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1702	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1703		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1704	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1705		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1706	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1707		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1708		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1709		Development Group.
1710	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1711		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1712		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1713		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1714		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1715		load average is exceeded.
1716	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1717		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1718		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1719		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1720		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1721	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1722	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1723	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1724		instead.
1725	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1726		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1727	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1728		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1729		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1730	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1731		for direct (command line) submissions.
1732	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1733		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1734		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1735	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1736		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1737		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1738	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1739		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1740		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1741		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1742	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1743		before logging.
1744	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1745		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1746	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1747	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1748		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1749		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1750	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1751		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1752		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1753	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1754		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1755		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1756		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1757		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1758		See libsm/index.html for details.
1759	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1760		care of by fork() and exit().
1761	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1762		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1763		new and old (from new libsm).
1764	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1765		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1766	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1767	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1768		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1769		synchronizations calls.
1770	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1771	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1772	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1773		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1774	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1775		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1776		for details.
1777	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1778		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1779		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1780		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1781	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1782		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1783		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1784	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1785		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1786		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1787		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1788		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1789		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1790		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1791	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1792		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1793	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1794		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1795	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1796		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1797		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1798		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1799		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1800		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1801		Urbana-Champaign.
1802	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1803		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1804	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1805		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1806		connections.
1807	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1808		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1809		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1810		cf/README.
1811	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1812		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1813		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1814		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1815		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1816		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1817		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1818		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1819		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1820		example).
1821	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1822		the default schema used in the above two items.
1823	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1824		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1825		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1826	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1827		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1828		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1829	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1830		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1831		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1832		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1833		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1834	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1835		HELO/EHLO commands.
1836	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1837		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1838		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1839		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1840		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1841		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1842		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1843	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1844		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1845		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1846		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1847		(verbose) command line option.
1848	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1849		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1850		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1851		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1852	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1853		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1854		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1855	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1856		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1857		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1858	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1859		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1860		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1861		British Columbia.
1862	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1863		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1864	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1865		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1866		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1867		if required.
1868	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1869		class instead.
1870	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1871		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1872		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1873		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1874	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1875		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1876	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1877		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1878		Nelson of IBM.
1879	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1880		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1881		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1882		their defaults are:
1883		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1884		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1885		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1886		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1887		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1888		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1889		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1890	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1891		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1892	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1893		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1894		Meteorological Institute.
1895	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1896		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1897		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1898	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1899		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1900		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1901	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1902		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1903		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1904		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1905		See sendmail/README for further information.
1906	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1907		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1908		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1909	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1910		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1911		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1912	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1913		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1914	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1915		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1916		flora.ca.
1917	Portability:
1918		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1919			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1920			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1921		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1922			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1923			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1924			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1925			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1926			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1927		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1928			Solaris 8 and later.
1929		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1930	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1931	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1932	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1933	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1934	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1935		temporary lookup failures.
1936	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1937		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1938		or IP nets.
1939	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1940		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1941		to get through.
1942	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1943		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1944		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1945		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1946		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1947	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1948		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1949		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1950		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1951	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1952		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1953		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1954	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1955		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1956		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1957	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1958		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1959	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1960		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1961		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1962	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1963		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1964		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1965		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1966		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1967	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1968		cf/README for details.
1969	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1970		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1971		University of Maryland.
1972	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1973		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1974	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1975		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1976		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1977	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1978		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1979		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1980		Solving.
1981	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1982		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1983	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1984		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1985	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1986		immediately.
1987	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1988		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1989		See cf/README for details.
1990	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1991		temporary lookup failures.
1992	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1993		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1994	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1995		memory use.
1996	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1997		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1998		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1999		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2000		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2001	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2002		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2003	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2004		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2005	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2006		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2007	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2008		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2009		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2010		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2011	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2012	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2013		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2014		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2015		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2016		additional details.
2017	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2018		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2019		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2020		information.
2021	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2022		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2023		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2024	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2025		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2026		recipients as user unknown.
2027	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2028		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2029		section of cf/README for more information.
2030	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2031		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2032		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2033	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2034		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2035		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2036	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2037		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2038		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2039		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2040		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2041		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2042		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2043		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2044		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2045		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2046		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2047	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2048		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2049		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2050		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2051		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2052	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2053		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2054		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2055		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2056		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2057		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2058		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2059		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2060		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2061		doc/op/op.me for details.
2062	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2063		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2064		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2065	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2066		dequote map.
2067	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2068	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2069		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2070	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2071		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2072		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2073		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2074		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2075		This affects the access database as well as the
2076		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2077	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2078	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2079	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2080		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2081		Mississippi State University.
2082	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2083		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2084	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2085		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2086		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2087	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2088		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2089		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2090	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2091		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2092		systems which don't include cat directories.
2093	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2094	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2095		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2096		mailbox database type.
2097	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2098		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2099		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2100		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2101	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2102		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2103	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2104		instead of white space.
2105	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2106		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2107		Meteorological Institute.
2108	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2109	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2110		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2111	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2112		instead of syslog.
2113	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2114		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2115		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2116		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2117	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2118		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2119		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2120		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2121	New Directories:
2122		libmilter/docs
2123	New Files:
2124		cf/cf/README
2125		cf/cf/submit.cf
2126		cf/cf/submit.mc
2127		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2128		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2129		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2130		cf/feature/msp.m4
2131		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2132		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2133		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2134		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2135		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2136		cf/sendmail.schema
2137		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2138		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2139		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2140		editmap/*
2141		include/sm/*
2142		libsm/*
2143		libsmutil/cf.c
2144		libsmutil/err.c
2145		sendmail/SECURITY
2146		sendmail/TUNING
2147		sendmail/bf.c
2148		sendmail/bf.h
2149		sendmail/sasl.c
2150		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2151		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2152		sendmail/tls.c
2153	Deleted Files:
2154		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2155		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2156		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2157		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2158		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2159		include/sendmail/useful.h
2160		libsmutil/errstring.c
2161		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2162		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2163		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2164		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2165		sendmail/clock.c
2166	Renamed Files:
2167		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2168		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2169		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2170
21718.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2172	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2173		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2174		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2175		of ISS X-Force.
2176	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2177		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2178		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2179		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2180		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2181		includes DNS.
2182	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2183		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2184		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2185		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2186	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2187		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2188		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2189		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2190		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2191		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2192		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2193	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2194		across various connections.  This could cause session
2195		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2196		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2197		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2198	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2199		canonical name for a host.
2200	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2201	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2202		or the queue.
2203	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2204		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2205		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2206		Polytechnic Institute.
2207	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2208		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2209		Purdue University.
2210	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2211		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2212		Texas.
2213	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2214		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2215		error.
2216	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2217		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2218	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2219		and vacation.
2220	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2221		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2222	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2223		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2224		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2225	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2226		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2227		Sun Microsystems.
2228	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2229		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2230		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2231
22328.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2233	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2234		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2235		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2236	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2237		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2238		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2239		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2240		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2241	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2242		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2243		Werner Wiethege.
2244	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2245		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2246
22478.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2248	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2249		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2250		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2251		of SE Netway Communications.
2252	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2253		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2254	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2255		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2256		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2257		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2258	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2259		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2260	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2261		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2262		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2263		University College.
2264	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2265		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2266	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2267		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2268		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2269		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2270		University at Albany.
2271	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2272		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2273	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2274		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2275		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2276		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2277	Portability:
2278		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2279			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2280		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2281			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2282		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2283			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2284		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2285			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2286	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2287		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2288
22898.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2290	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2291		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2292		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2293		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2294		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2295		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2296	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2297		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2298		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2299	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2300		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2301		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2302	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2303		from Kenji Miyake.
2304	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2305		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2306	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2307		the same map again while exiting.
2308	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2309		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2310		of Tuebingen.
2311	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2312		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2313		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2314		Oklahoma State University.
2315	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2316		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2317		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2318	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2319		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2320		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2321		Morgan Stanley.
2322	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2323		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2324		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2325	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2326		from Werner Wiethege.
2327	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2328		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2329	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2330		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2331		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2332		Internet Services.
2333	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2334		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2335	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2336		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2337	Portability:
2338		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2339	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2340		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2341	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2342	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2343		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2344		Meteorological Institute.
2345	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2346		since it generates random process ids.
2347	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2348		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2349		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2350	New Files:
2351		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2352
23538.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2354	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2355		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2356		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2357		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2358	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2359		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2360		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2361		communications consulting gmbh.
2362	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2363		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2364	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2365		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2366		connection came in from the command line.
2367	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2368		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2369		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2370	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2371		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2372	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2373		when they were committed.
2374	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2375		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2376	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2377		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2378		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2379		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2380	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2381		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2382		University.
2383	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2384		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2385		accept() completes.
2386	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2387		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2388	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2389		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2390		Wellcome.
2391	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2392		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2393		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2394		University.
2395	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2396		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2397		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2398		University of New Brunswick.
2399	Portability:
2400		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2401			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2402			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2403		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2404			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2405		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2406			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2407			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2408		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2409			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2410			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2411	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2412		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2413	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2414		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2415	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2416		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2417		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2418		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2419		Institute.
2420	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2421		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2422		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2423	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2424		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2425	Renamed Files:
2426		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2427
24288.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2429	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2430		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2431		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2432		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2433		Schools" project (IdS).
2434	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2435		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2436		be enabled by compiling with:
2437		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2438		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2439		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2440	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2441		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2442	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2443		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2444		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2445		Colby College.
2446	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2447		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2448	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2449		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2450		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2451		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2452	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2453		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2454		NxNetworks, Inc.
2455	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2456		client name.
2457	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2458		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2459		the Universitat Regensburg.
2460	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2461		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2462		University of Arizona.
2463	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2464		of Collective Technologies.
2465	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2466		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2467		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2468		Engineering.
2469	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2470		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2471		Meteorological Institute.
2472	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2473		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2474	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2475		Meteorological Institute.
2476	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2477		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2478		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2479		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2480	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2481		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2482		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2483	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2484		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2485		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2486	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2487		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2488		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2489		counting.
2490	Portability:
2491		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2492			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2493			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2494		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2495			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2496		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2497			Rosenman.
2498		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2499			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2500		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2501			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2502			of Pacific Access.
2503		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2504			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2505		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2506			Microsystems.
2507	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2508		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2509		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2510	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2511		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2512	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2513		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2514	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2515		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2516	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2517		Virginia Tech.
2518	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2519		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2520		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2521	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2522	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2523		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2524		gmbh.
2525	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2526		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2527	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2528		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2529		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2530		of Kyoto University.
2531	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2532		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2533		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2534		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2535		version.
2536	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2537		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2538		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2539	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2540	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2541		or *-owner.
2542	New Files:
2543		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2544		contrib/buildvirtuser
2545		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2546
25478.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2548	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2549		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2550	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2551		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2552		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2553		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2554		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2555	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2556		wildcards.
2557	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2558		process may close the connection before the child process
2559		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2560		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2561		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2562	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2563		read the LDAP secret from a file.
2564	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2565		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2566		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2567		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2568	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2569		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2570		of EarthLink.
2571	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2572	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2573		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
2574		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2575	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
2576		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2577	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2578		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
2579		Fournier of Acadia University.
2580	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2581		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2582		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2583		one of the others may be able to take over.
2584	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2585		previous load average query result.
2586	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2587		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2588		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2589		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2590	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2591		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2592	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2593		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2594		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2595	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2596		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2597	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2598		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2599		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2600	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2601		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2602	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2603		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2604		University of British Columbia.
2605	Portability:
2606		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2607			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2608			override the setting.  Suggested by
2609			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2610		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2611			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2612			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2613		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2614			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2615			College.
2616		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2617			Tom Moore of NCR.
2618		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2619			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2620		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2621			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2622			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2623		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2624			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2625			Consulting.
2626	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2627		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2628	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2629		errors in the MAIL address.
2630	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2631		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2632	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2633		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2634	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2635		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2636		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2637		Ericsson.
2638	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2639		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2640		mailer as described in cf/README.
2641	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2642		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2643	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2644		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2645	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2646		sendmail.
2647	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2648		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2649		Meteorological Institute.
2650	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2651	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2652		dot as the only character on the line.
2653	New Files:
2654		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2655
26568.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2657	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2658		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2659		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2660		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2661		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2662		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2663		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2664	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2665		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2666		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2667		Systems in this category should compile with
2668		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2669		system and report broken implementations to
2670		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2671		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2672	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2673		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2674		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2675	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2676		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2677		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2678		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2679	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2680		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2681		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2682		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2683	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2684		random data.
2685	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2686		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2687		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2688	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2689		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2690		Martin of CMU.
2691	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2692		strength factor.
2693	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2694		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2695		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2696		of CMU.
2697	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2698		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2699		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2700	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2701		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2702		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2703		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2704		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2705		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2706		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2707		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2708	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2709		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2710		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2711		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2712		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2713		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2714	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2715		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2716		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2717		of Sun Microsystems.
2718	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2719		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2720		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2721		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2722		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2723		delivery attempts.
2724	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2725		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2726		smoe.org.
2727	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2728		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2729		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2730	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2731		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2732	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2733		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2734		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2735		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2736	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2737		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2738		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2739	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2740		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2741		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2742		of Northern Illinois University.
2743	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2744		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2745	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2746		to kilobyte units.
2747	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2748		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2749		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2750		Polytechnic.
2751	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2752		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2753		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2754		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2755	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2756		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2757		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2758	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2759		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2760	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2761		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2762		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2763	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2764		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2765		G. Thomas Consulting.
2766	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2767		port number (113).
2768	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2769		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2770	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2771		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2772		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2773	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2774		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2775		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2776		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2777	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2778		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2779		University of Mainz.
2780	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2781		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2782	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2783		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2784	Portability:
2785		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2786			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2787			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2788		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2789		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2790			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2791			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2792			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2793		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2794			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2795		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2796			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2797			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2798			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2799			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2800	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2801		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2802	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2803		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2804		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2805		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2806		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2807		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2808		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2809		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2810		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2811	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2812		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2813		cf/README for more information.
2814	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2815	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2816		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2817	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2818		instead of temporary.
2819	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2820		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2821		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2822		Consulting.
2823	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2824		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2825		RootsWeb.com.
2826	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2827		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2828		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2829		University of Maryland.
2830	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2831		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2832	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2833		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2834		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2835		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2836		of the University of Alberta.
2837	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2838		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2839	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2840	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2841		of X.509 certificates.
2842	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2843		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2844		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2845		Universitat Regensburg.
2846	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2847		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2848	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2849		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2850	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2851		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2852	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2853		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2854		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2855	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2856		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2857	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2858		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2859		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2860		University.
2861	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2862	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2863		links.
2864	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2865		reported.
2866	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2867		Denman Tire Corporation.
2868	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2869		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2870	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2871	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2872		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2873	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2874		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2875	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2876		have a From line.
2877	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2878		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2879	Added Files:
2880		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2881		contrib/cidrexpand
2882		contrib/link_hash.sh
2883		contrib/movemail.conf
2884		contrib/movemail.pl
2885		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2886		test/t_snprintf.c
2887
28888.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2889	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2890		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2891		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2892		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2893		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2894	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2895		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2896	Added Files:
2897		test/t_setuid.c
2898
28998.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2900	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2901		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2902		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2903		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2904		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2905		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2906	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2907		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2908	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2909	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2910		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2911		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2912	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2913		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2914		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2915	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2916		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2917	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2918	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2919		or higher.
2920	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2921		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2922	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2923	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2924		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2925		Polytechnic Institute.
2926	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2927		discards the message.
2928	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2929		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2930		attempted to the alias.
2931	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2932		flag options.
2933	Portability:
2934		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2935			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2936			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2937			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2938			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2939		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2940			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2941		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2942			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2943		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2944		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2945			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2946		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2947			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2948			Services, LLC.
2949		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2950			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2951			Courtesan Consulting.
2952		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2953			Siemens Business Services.
2954	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2955		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2956		of WSRCC.
2957	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2958	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2959		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2960	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2961		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2962	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2963	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2964		of NEC.
2965	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2966		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2967	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2968		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2969		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2970		Virginia Tech.
2971	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2972		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2973		University.
2974	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2975		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2976		release.
2977	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2978		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2979		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2980		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2981	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2982		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2983		Sendmail.
2984	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2985		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2986		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2987	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2988		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2989	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2990		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2991		Northern Illinois University.
2992	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2993		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2994		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2995		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2996	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2997		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2998	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2999		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3000		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3001	Added Files:
3002		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3003		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3004	Deleted Files:
3005		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3006	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3007		doc/intro
3008		doc/usenix
3009		doc/changes
3010
30118.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3012	    *************************************************************
3013	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3014	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3015	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3016	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3017	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3018	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3019	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3020	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3021	    *								*
3022	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3023	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3024	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3025	    *************************************************************
3026	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3027		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3028		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3029		symbolic link target.
3030	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3031		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3032		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3033	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3034		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3035		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3036		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3037		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3038		version of sendmail.
3039	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3040		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3041		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3042		(IdS).
3043	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3044		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3045	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3046		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3047	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3048		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3049		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3050		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3051		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3052		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3053	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3054		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3055		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3056		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3057	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3058		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3059		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3060	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3061		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3062		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3063	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3064		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3065		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3066		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3067		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3068		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3069	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3070		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3071		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3072	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3073		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3074		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3075		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3076		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3077		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3078	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3079		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3080		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3081		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3082	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3083		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3084		accordingly.
3085	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3086		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3087		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3088		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3089		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3090		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3091		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3092	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3093		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3094		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3095		InCert Software.
3096	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3097		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3098		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3099	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3100		a control socket request.
3101	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3102		settings:
3103		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3104			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3105			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3106			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3107		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3108			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3109			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3110		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3111			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3112			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3113			delivery attempt.
3114		Timeout.resolver.retry
3115			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3116			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3117			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3118		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3119			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3120			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3121		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3122			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3123			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3124			delivery attempt.
3125		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3126	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3127		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3128		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3129		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3130		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3131		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3132		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3133		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3134		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3135		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3136	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3137		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3138		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3139		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3140		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3141		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3142		Telecommunications Ltd.
3143	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3144		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3145		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3146		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3147		Inc.
3148	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3149		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3150		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3151	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3152		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3153	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3154		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3155		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3156	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3157		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3158	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3159	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3160		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3161		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3162	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3163		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3164		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3165	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3166		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3167		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3168		Ltd.
3169	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3170		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3171		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3172		example mailer might be:
3173			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3174				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3175				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3176		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3177	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3178		instead.
3179	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3180		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3181		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3182		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3183	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3184		flags.
3185	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3186		body of the original message on delivery status
3187		notifications.
3188	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3189		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3190	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3191		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3192		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3193	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3194		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3195		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3196	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3197		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3198		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3199		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3200	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3201		Conwell of Boston University.
3202	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3203		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3204	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3205		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3206		@Home Network.
3207	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3208		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3209		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3210	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3211		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3212		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3213	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3214		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3215		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3216		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3217		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3218	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3219		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3220		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3221	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3222		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3223		Mathias Herberts.
3224	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3225		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3226		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3227		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3228		in check_compat).
3229	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3230		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3231		option.
3232	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3233	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3234		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3235	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3236		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3237	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3238	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3239		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3240	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3241		is set.
3242	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3243		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3244	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3245		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3246		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3247	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3248	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3249	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3250		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3251		a denial-of-service attack.
3252	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3253		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3254		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3255		overflow attacks.
3256	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3257		alias recursion.
3258	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3259	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3260	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3261		directly before the newline.
3262	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3263		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3264		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3265		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3266		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3267		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3268		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3269		could not be opened.
3270	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3271		value of this option is macro expanded.
3272	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3273		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3274	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3275		(along with the already existing macros):
3276		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3277		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3278		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3279		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3280		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3281		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3282		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3283	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3284		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3285		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3286		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3287		loopback net.
3288	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3289		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3290		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3291	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3292		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3293		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3294		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3295		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3296	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3297		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3298		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3299		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3300		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3301	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3302		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3303		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3304		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3305	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3306		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3307		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3308		Ericsson.
3309	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3310		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3311		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3312		of Ericsson.
3313	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3314		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3315		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3316	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3317		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3318		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3319	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3320		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3321		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3322		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3323	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3324		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3325	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3326		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3327	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3328		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3329		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3330	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3331	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3332		equate name.
3333	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3334		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3335	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3336		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3337	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3338		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3339		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3340		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3341		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3342		David Cooley of Colby College.
3343	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3344		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3345		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3346		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3347		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3348	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3349		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3350		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3351		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3352		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3353		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3354		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3355		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3356		of Stanford University.
3357	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3358		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3359	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3360		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3361		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3362		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3363		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3364		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3365		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3366	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3367		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3368		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3369		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3370	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3371	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3372		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3373	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3374		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3375		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3376		comma separated key and value strings.
3377	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3378		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3379		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3380		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3381		a single connection to that host.
3382	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3383	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3384		LDAP lookups.
3385	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3386		resources.
3387	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3388	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3389	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3390		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3391		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3392		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3393		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3394		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3395		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3396		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3397		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3398		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3399		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3400		with the name "*".
3401	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3402		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3403		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3404		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3405		matches to return.
3406	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3407		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3408		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3409		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3410		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3411		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3412		are defined.
3413	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3414		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3415		Tech.
3416	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3417		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3418		important if you have large classes.
3419	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3420		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3421		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3422	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3423		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3424		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3425		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3426		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3427		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3428	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3429		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3430		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3431		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3432		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3433		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3434		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3435		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3436	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3437		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3438		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3439		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3440		has no effect.
3441	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3442		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3443	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3444		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3445	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3446		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3447	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3448		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3449	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3450		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3451		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3452		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3453		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3454	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3455		10 or higher.
3456	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3457		information (from= syslog line).
3458	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3459		equate (dsn=).
3460	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3461	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3462		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3463		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3464	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3465		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3466		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3467	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3468		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3469	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3470		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3471		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3472		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3473		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3474		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3475	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3476		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3477		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3478	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3479		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3480		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3481	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3482		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3483		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3484	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3485		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3486	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3487		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3488		multiple files.
3489	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3490		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3491		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3492		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3493		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3494		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3495		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3496		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3497		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3498	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3499		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3500	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3501		length before the attempt.
3502	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3503		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3504		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3505		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3506		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3507	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3508		host status files, not all files.
3509	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3510		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3511		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3512		Wonderworks Inc.
3513	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3514		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3515		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3516		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3517		of Hannover.
3518	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3519		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3520		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3521		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3522		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3523		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3524	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3525		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3526		flag:
3527			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3528		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3529		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3530		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3531	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3532		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3533		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3534		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3535		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3536		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3537		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3538	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3539		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3540		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3541		version.
3542	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3543	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3544	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3545		if referencing a named ruleset.
3546	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3547		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3548	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3549		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3550		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3551		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3552		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
3553		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
3554		the University of Maryland.
3555	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3556		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3557	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3558		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
3559	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3560		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3561		COMMANDS).
3562	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3563		but for outgoing connections.
3564	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3565		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3566			a	require authentication
3567			b	bind to interface through which mail has
3568				been received
3569			c	perform hostname canonification
3570			f	require fully qualified hostname
3571			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3572				command
3573			C	don't perform hostname canonification
3574			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3575	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3576			h	use name of interface for HELO command
3577	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3578	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3579		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3580		Institutes of Health.
3581	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3582		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3583	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3584	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3585		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3586	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3587	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3588		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3589	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3590		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3591	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3592		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3593		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3594	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3595		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3596		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3597	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3598	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3599		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3600		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3601	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3602		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3603		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3604		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3605		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3606	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3607		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3608		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3609		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3610		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3611		timeout.
3612	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3613		interface address structure when loading the system network
3614		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3615		Nanoteq.
3616	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3617		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3618		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3619		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3620		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3621	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3622		on load average.
3623	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3624		Northern Illinois University.
3625	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3626		envelope splitting has occurred.
3627	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3628		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3629	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3630	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3631		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3632		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3633		Institute.
3634	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3635		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3636		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3637	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3638		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3639		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3640		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3641	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3642		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3643	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3644		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3645	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3646		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3647	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3648		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3649	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3650		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3651		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3652		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3653	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3654		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3655	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3656		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3657	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3658		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3659		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3660		University.
3661	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3662		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3663		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3664	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3665		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3666		ruleset lines as well.
3667	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3668		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3669		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3670		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3671		Institute.
3672	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3673		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3674		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3675	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3676		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3677		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3678		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3679	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3680		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3681		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3682		of Ericsson.
3683	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3684		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3685		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3686		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3687	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3688		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3689		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3690		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3691		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3692	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3693		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3694		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3695		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3696	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3697		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3698		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3699		University.
3700	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3701		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3702		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3703		'sendmail -bs'.
3704	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3705		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3706		them in the .cf file.
3707	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3708		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3709		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3710		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3711	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3712		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3713	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3714		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3715		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3716	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3717		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3718		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3719		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3720		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3721	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3722		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3723	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3724		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3725		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3726	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3727		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3728	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3729		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3730		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3731	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3732		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3733		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3734	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3735		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3736		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3737		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3738	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3739		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3740		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3741		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3742		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3743		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3744	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3745		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3746		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3747		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3748		don't fail on ANY queries.
3749	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3750		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3751		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3752		Northern Illinois University.
3753	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3754		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3755		State University.
3756	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3757		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3758		Northern Illinois University.
3759	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3760		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3761	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3762	Portability:
3763		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3764			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3765			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3766			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3767			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3768		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3769			This allows network interface probing to work
3770			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3771			University of Iowa.
3772		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3773		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3774			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3775			name.
3776		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3777		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3778			Virginia Tech.
3779		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3780		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3781			Amsterdam.
3782		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3783		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3784			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3785		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3786			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3787			in building the operating system.  Users can
3788			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3789			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3790		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3791		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3792		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3793			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3794		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3795			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3796		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3797			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3798		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3799			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3800		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3801			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3802		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3803			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3804			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3805		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3806		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3807			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3808			use that value in conf.h.
3809		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3810			BITart Consulting.
3811		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3812			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3813			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3814			Computer, Inc.
3815		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3816			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3817			of E I A.
3818		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3819			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3820		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3821			fchown(2).
3822		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3823			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3824		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3825			srandomdev(3).
3826		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3827			setlogin(2).
3828		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3829			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3830			Siemens Business Services.
3831		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3832			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3833			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3834		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3835			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3836		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3837			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3838			Aerospace.
3839		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3840			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3841			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3842		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3843			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3844			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3845			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3846			University.
3847		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3848			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3849			Technology Information Network.
3850		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3851			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3852		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3853		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3854			and OpenBSD.
3855		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3856			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3857			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3858			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3859	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3860		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3861		details.
3862	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3863		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3864	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3865	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3866		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3867		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3868	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3869		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3870		Courtesan Consulting.
3871	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3872	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3873		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3874		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3875	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3876		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3877		multiple times.
3878	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3879		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3880		with From:).
3881	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3882		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3883	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3884		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3885		new functionality.
3886	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3887		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3888		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3889		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3890		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3891		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3892		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3893		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3894		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3895		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3896		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3897		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3898		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3899		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3900		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3901		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3902		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3903		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3904		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3905		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3906		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3907		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3908		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3909		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3910	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3911		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3912		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3913	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3914		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3915		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3916		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3917		to "IPC $h".
3918	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3919		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3920		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3921	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3922		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3923		value should be changed with care.
3924	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3925		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3926	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3927		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3928		complain.
3929	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3930		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3931		of Q7 Enterprises.
3932	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3933		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3934		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3935		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3936	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3937		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3938		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3939		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3940		of Northern Illinois University.
3941	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3942		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3943		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3944	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3945		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3946		in it.
3947	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3948		in class 'P' ($=P).
3949	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3950		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3951		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3952		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3953		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3954		is added.
3955	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3956		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3957	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3958		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3959	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3960		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3961	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3962		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3963	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3964		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3965	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3966		Hubert of University of Washington.
3967	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3968		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3969		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3970	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3971	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3972		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3973		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3974	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3975		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3976		Services.
3977	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3978		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3979		Aerospace.
3980	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3981		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3982		University and Brian Candler.
3983	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3984		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3985	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3986		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3987		Institute.
3988	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3989		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3990	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3991		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3992		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3993	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3994		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3995	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3996		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3997		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3998	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3999		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4000		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4001	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4002		converted to <user@d>
4003	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4004		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4005	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4006		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4007		performed.
4008	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4009		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4010		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4011		Institute.
4012	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4013		be accessed by their numbers).
4014	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4015		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4016		of an address.
4017	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4018		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4019		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4020		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4021	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4022		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4023		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4024	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4025		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4026	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4027	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4028		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4029		Institute.
4030	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4031	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4032		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4033		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4034		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4035	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4036		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4037		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4038	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4039		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4040	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4041		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4042	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4043		University of California at Berkeley.
4044	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4045		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4046	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4047		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4048	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4049		Corporation UK.
4050	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4051	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4052		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4053		Yale University.
4054	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4055		be used for building.
4056	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4057		used for a fresh build.
4058	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4059	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4060		ranlib.
4061	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4062		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4063	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4064		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4065		Costales.
4066	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4067		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4068		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4069		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4070	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4071		of Siemens Business Services.
4072	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4073		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4074		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4075		torek.
4076	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4077		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4078		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4079		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4080		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4081	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4082		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4083		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4084		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4085		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4086	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4087		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4088		are in devtools/README.
4089	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4090		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4091	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4092		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4093		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4094		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4095	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4096		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4097		macro.
4098	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4099	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4100		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4101		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4102		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4103		Corporation.
4104	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4105		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4106		confMANROOTMAN.
4107	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4108		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4109		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4110	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4111		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4112		Communications.
4113	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4114		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4115	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4116		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4117		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4118	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4119		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4120		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4121	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4122		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4123		install-strip target.
4124	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4125		the others (if it exists).
4126	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4127		then the default ones.
4128	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4129		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4130		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4131		to set the S flag.
4132	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4133		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4134		Northern Illinois University.
4135	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4136		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4137		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4138	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4139		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4140		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4141		University.
4142	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4143		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4144		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4145		University.
4146	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4147		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4148		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4149		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4150		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4151		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4152		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4153		University.
4154	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4155		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4156		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4157	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4158		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4159		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4160		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4161		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4162		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4163		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4164		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4165		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4166		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4167		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4168	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4169		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4170		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4171	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4172		timeout to avoid starvation.
4173	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4174		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4175		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4176	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4177	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4178		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4179		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4180		of Maryland.
4181	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4182		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4183		sendmail configuration file.
4184	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4185		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4186		option.
4187	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4188		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4189	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4190		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4191	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4192		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4193	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4194		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4195	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4196		Corporation UK.
4197	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4198		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4199		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4200		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4201	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4202		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4203		Institute for Global Communications.
4204	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4205		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4206		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4207	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4208		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4209		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4210	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4211		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4212		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4213	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4214		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4215	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4216	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4217		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4218	Changed Files:
4219		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4220			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4221			which execute the actual Build script in
4222			devtools/bin.
4223		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4224			-mandoc as they were previously.
4225		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4226			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4227			required for Build).
4228	New Directories:
4229		devtools/M4/UNIX
4230		include
4231		libmilter
4232		libsmdb
4233		libsmutil
4234		vacation
4235	Renamed Directories:
4236		BuildTools => devtools
4237		src => sendmail
4238	Deleted Files:
4239		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4240		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4241		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4242		devtools/OS/SINIX
4243		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4244	New Files:
4245		INSTALL
4246		PGPKEYS
4247		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4248		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4249		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4250		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4251		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4252		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4253		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4254		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4255		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4256		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4257		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4258		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4259		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4260		contrib/domainmap.m4
4261		contrib/qtool.8
4262		contrib/qtool.pl
4263		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4264		devtools/M4/list.m4
4265		devtools/M4/string.m4
4266		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4267		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4268		devtools/OS/Darwin
4269		devtools/OS/GNU
4270		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4271		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4272		devtools/OS/m88k
4273		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4274		mail.local/Makefile
4275		mailstats/Makefile
4276		makemap/Makefile
4277		praliases/Makefile
4278		rmail/Makefile
4279		sendmail/Makefile
4280		sendmail/bf.h
4281		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4282		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4283		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4284		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4285		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4286		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4287		sendmail/timers.c
4288		sendmail/timers.h
4289		smrsh/Makefile
4290		vacation/Makefile
4291	Renamed Files:
4292		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4293		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4294		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4295		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4296		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4297		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4298		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4299		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4300		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4301	Copied Files:
4302		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4303
43048.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4305	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4306		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4307		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4308		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4309		Schools" project (IdS).
4310	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4311		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4312		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4313		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4314	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4315		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4316		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4317		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4318	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4319		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4320		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4321		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4322	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4323		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4324	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4325		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4326		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4327		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4328		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4329		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4330	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4331		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4332		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4333		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4334	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4335		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4336		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4337		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4338	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4339		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4340	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4341		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4342		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4343		group of the IETF.
4344	Portability:
4345		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4346			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4347			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4348			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4349			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4350			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4351			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4352			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4353			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4354			Technical University of Denmark.
4355		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4356			Supercomputer Center.
4357		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4358			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4359			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4360			of Stanford University.
4361		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4362			between different releases.  Back out the
4363			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4364			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4365			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4366			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4367		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4368			of Siemens/SNI.
4369		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4370	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4371		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4372		University of Brno.
4373	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4374		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4375		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4376	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4377		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4378		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4379	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4380		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4381	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4382		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4383		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4384	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4385		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4386		MIDS Europe.
4387	New Files:
4388		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4389		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4390		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4391
43928.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4393	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4394		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4395		for a denial of service attack.
4396	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4397		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4398	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4399		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4400		Corporation UK.
4401	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4402		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4403	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4404		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4405	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4406		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4407		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4408		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4409		Internet Services.
4410	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4411		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4412		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4413		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4414	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4415		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4416		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4417	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4418		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4419	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4420		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4421		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4422	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4423		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4424		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4425	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4426		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4427		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4428		Internet Services.
4429	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4430		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4431		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4432	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4433		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4434		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4435		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4436		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4437		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4438		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4439		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4440		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4441		extended testing.
4442	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4443		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4444	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4445		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4446		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4447		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4448	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4449		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4450		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4451		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4452		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4453	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4454		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4455		Network.
4456	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4457		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4458	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4459		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4460		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4461		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4462		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4463	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4464		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4465		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4466	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4467		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4468	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4469		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4470		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4471		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4472		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4473	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4474		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4475		Meteorological Institute.
4476	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4477	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4478		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4479	Portability:
4480		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4481		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4482			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4483			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4484		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4485			reading network interface addresses into
4486			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4487			Cal State University, Chico.
4488		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4489			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4490			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4491			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4492		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4493			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4494		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4495		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4496			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4497		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4498		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4499			of Sun Microsystems.
4500		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4501			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4502		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4503			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4504		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4505			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4506		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4507			of E I A.
4508		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4509			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4510			Information Center.
4511		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4512			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4513			Institute.
4514		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4515			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4516	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4517		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4518		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4519	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4520		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4521		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4522		Manawatu Internet Services.
4523	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4524		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4525		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4526		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4527		of Northern Illinois University.
4528	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4529		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4530		Kiel.
4531	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4532		Dot Com.
4533	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4534		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4535		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4536	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4537		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4538		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4539		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4540		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4541		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4542	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4543		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4544	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4545		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4546	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4547		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4548	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4549		the envelope From header.
4550	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4551		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4552	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4553		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4554	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4555		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4556		Portal Services, Inc.
4557	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4558		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
4559		Sun Microsystems.
4560	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4561	New Files:
4562		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4563		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4564		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4565		contrib/smcontrol.pl
4566		src/control.c
4567
45688.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
4569	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4570		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4571		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4572		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4573	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4574		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4575		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4576		Meteorological Institute.
4577	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4578		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
4579		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4580	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4581		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4582		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4583		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4584	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4585		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4586	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4587		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4588	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4589		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4590		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4591	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4592		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4593		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4594		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4595	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4596		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4597		Flextech TV.
4598	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4599		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4600		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4601	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4602		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4603		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4604		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4605	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4606		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4607	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4608		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4609	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4610		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4611		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4612	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4613		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4614		University.
4615	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4616		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4617		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4618		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4619		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4620		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4621	Portability:
4622		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4623			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4624			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4625			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4626		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4627			of BSDI.
4628		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4629			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4630			PICT Inc.
4631		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4632			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4633		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4634			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4635	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4636		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4637		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4638		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4639	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4640		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4641		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4642	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4643		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4644		would not accept @@hostname.
4645	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4646		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4647	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4648		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4649		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4650	New Files:
4651		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4652
46538.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4654	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4655		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4656		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4657		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4658		which need the ability to override security can use the
4659		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4660		information.
4661	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4662		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4663		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4664		world writable directories.
4665	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4666		it is in a world writable directory.
4667	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4668		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4669		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4670		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4671		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4672	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4673		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4674		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4675	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4676		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4677		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4678		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4679		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4680		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4681		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4682		default.
4683	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4684		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4685		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4686		the University of Maryland.
4687	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4688		of Cal State University, Chico.
4689	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4690		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4691		current version of Berkeley DB.
4692	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4693		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4694	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4695		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4696		of Maryland.
4697	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4698		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4699		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4700		Microsystems.
4701	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4702		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4703		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4704		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4705	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4706		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4707	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4708		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4709		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4710		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4711	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4712		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4713		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4714		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4715		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4716	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4717		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4718		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4719		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4720	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4721		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4722		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4723	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4724		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4725		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4726	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4727		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4728		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4729		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4730		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4731		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4732		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4733		relaying entirely.
4734	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4735		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4736		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4737		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4738	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4739		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4740		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4741		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4742	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4743		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4744		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4745		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4746		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4747	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4748		sender for those failures.
4749	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4750		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4751		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4752		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4753		of Ericsson.
4754	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4755		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4756		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4757		of Procter & Gamble.
4758	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4759		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4760		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4761		of Procter & Gamble.
4762	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4763		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4764		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4765		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4766		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4767			Safe
4768			AssumeSafeChown
4769			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4770			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4771			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4772			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4773			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4774			GroupWritableAliasFile
4775			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4776			WorldWritableAliasFile
4777			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4778			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4779			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4780			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4781			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4782			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4783			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4784			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4785			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4786			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4787			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4788			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4789			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4790			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4791			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4792			WriteMapToHardLink
4793			WriteMapToSymLink
4794			WriteStatsToHardLink
4795			WriteStatsToSymLink
4796			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4797			RunWritableProgram
4798	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4799		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4800		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4801		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4802		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4803	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4804		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4805	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4806		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4807	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4808	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4809		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4810		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4811		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4812		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4813	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4814		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4815		contrast to the success case).
4816	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4817		of the form:
4818			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4819		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4820		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4821		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4822	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4823		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4824		headers.
4825	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4826		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4827		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4828		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4829	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4830		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4831		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4832		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4833		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4834		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4835	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4836		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4837		remote identity can be queried.
4838	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4839		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4840		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4841		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4842	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4843		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4844		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4845		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4846	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4847		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4848		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4849		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4850	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4851		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4852		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4853		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4854		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4855		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4856	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4857		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4858		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4859		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4860		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4861		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4862		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4863	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4864		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4865		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4866	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4867	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4868		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4869	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4870		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4871	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4872		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4873		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4874		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4875	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4876		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4877		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4878		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4879	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4880		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4881		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4882	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4883		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4884		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4885		Institute.
4886	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4887		mail.local.
4888	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4889		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4890		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4891	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4892		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4893		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4894	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4895		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4896		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4897	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4898		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4899	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4900		mailstats command.
4901	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4902		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4903		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4904	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4905		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4906		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4907		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4908	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4909		Ericsson.
4910	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4911		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4912		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4913		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4914	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4915		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4916		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4917		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4918		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4919	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4920		currently supported version.
4921	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4922		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4923	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4924		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4925		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4926		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4927	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4928		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4929		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4930		message in error bounces.
4931	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4932		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4933		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4934	Portability:
4935		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4936			of Kyoto University.
4937		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4938			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4939			Maryland.
4940		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4941		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4942			in Finland.
4943		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4944			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4945			the University of Maryland.
4946		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4947			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4948		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4949			Meteorological Institute.
4950		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4951			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4952		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4953		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4954		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4955		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4956			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4957			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4958			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4959			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4960		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4961			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4962		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4963			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4964			Microsystems.
4965	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4966	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4967		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4968		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4969	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4970		directory for certain programs.
4971	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4972		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4973		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4974		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4975		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4976	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4977		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4978		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4979		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4980	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4981		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4982		the user to setup different .forward files for
4983		user+detail addressing.
4984	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4985		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4986		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4987	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4988		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4989		outside your domain).
4990	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4991		any site to any site.
4992	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4993		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4994	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4995		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4996	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4997		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4998		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4999		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5000		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5001	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5002		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5003	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5004		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5005	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5006		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5007		host names only.
5008	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5009		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5010		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5011		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5012		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5013		needed for most installations.
5014	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5015		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5016		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5017		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5018		the University of Maryland.
5019	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5020		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5021		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5022	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5023		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5024		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5025	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5026		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5027	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5028		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5029	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5030		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5031		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5032		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5033		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5034	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5035		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5036		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5037		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5038		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5039		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5040		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5041	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5042		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5043	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5044		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5045		above for more information.
5046	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5047		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5048		Meteorological Institute.
5049	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5050		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5051		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5052		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5053		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5054	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5055		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5056	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5057		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5058		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5059		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5060	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5061		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5062		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5063		CMU (now of Netscape).
5064	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5065		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5066		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5067		read mail.local/README.
5068	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5069		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5070		University of Maryland.
5071	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5072		University, Chico.
5073	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5074		Meteorological Institute.
5075	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5076		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5077		University of Maryland.
5078	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5079		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5080	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5081	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5082	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5083		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5084		Braunschweig.
5085	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5086		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5087		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5088	Changed Files:
5089		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5090			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5091		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5092	New Files:
5093		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5094		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5095		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5096		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5097		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5098		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5099		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5100		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5101		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5102		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5103		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5104		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5105		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5106		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5107		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5108		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5109		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5110		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5111		BuildTools/README
5112		BuildTools/Site/README
5113		BuildTools/bin/Build
5114		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5115		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5116		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5117		Makefile
5118		cf/cf/Build
5119		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5120		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5121		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5122		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5123		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5124		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5125		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5126		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5127		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5128		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5129		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5130		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5131		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5132		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5133		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5134		mail.local/Build
5135		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5136		mail.local/README
5137		mailstats/Build
5138		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5139		makemap/Build
5140		makemap/Makefile.m4
5141		praliases/Build
5142		praliases/Makefile.m4
5143		rmail/Build
5144		rmail/Makefile.m4
5145		rmail/rmail.0
5146		smrsh/Build
5147		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5148		src/Build
5149		src/Makefile.m4
5150		src/snprintf.c
5151	Deleted Files:
5152		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5153		mail.local/Makefile
5154		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5155		mailstats/Makefile
5156		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5157		makemap/Makefile
5158		makemap/Makefile.dist
5159		praliases/Makefile
5160		praliases/Makefile.dist
5161		rmail/Makefile
5162		smrsh/Makefile
5163		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5164		src/Makefile
5165		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5166		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5167			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5168		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5169	Renamed Files:
5170		READ_ME => README
5171		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5172		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5173		src/READ_ME => src/README
5174
51758.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5176	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5177		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5178		Meteorological Institute.
5179	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5180		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5181		Arseneault of SRI International.
5182	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5183		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5184		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5185	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5186		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5187	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5188		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5189		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5190		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5191	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5192		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5193		River Systems.
5194	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5195		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5196		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5197		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5198		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5199	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5200		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5201		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5202		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5203		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5204	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5205		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5206		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5207		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5208	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5209	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5210		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5211	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5212		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5213		results during a single message processing (but would
5214		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5215		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5216	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5217		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5218		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5219	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5220		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5221		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5222		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5223	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5224		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5225		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5226		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5227	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5228		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5229		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5230		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5231		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5232		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5233		Associates.
5234	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5235		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5236		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5237		could cause confusing error messages.
5238	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5239		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5240		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5241		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5242		SuperNet, Inc.
5243	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5244		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5245	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5246		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5247		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5248	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5249		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5250		dropped.
5251	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5252		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5253		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5254	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5255		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5256		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5257	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5258		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5259		Institute.
5260	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5261		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5262		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5263		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5264	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5265		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5266		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5267	Minor lint fixes.
5268	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5269		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5270		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5271		of Stanford University.
5272	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5273		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5274		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5275	Portability:
5276		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5277			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5278			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5279			Electronic Data Systems.
5280		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5281			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5282		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5283		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5284			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5285			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5286			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5287			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5288			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5289			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5290		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5291			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5292			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5293			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5294		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5295			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5296		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5297			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5298		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5299			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5300			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5301			Services.
5302		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5303			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5304		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5305			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5306			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5307		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5308			Services VAS.
5309	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5310	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5311	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5312			Ericsson.
5313
53148.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5315	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5316		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5317		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5318		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5319		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5320		GmbH.
5321	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5322		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5323		of Technology, Stockholm.
5324	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5325		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5326		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5327		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5328		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5329	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5330		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5331		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5332		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5333	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5334		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5335		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5336		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5337	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5338		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5339		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5340		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5341	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5342	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5343		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5344		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5345	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5346		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5347		have to assume that the information is good.
5348	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5349		open or locked.
5350	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5351	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5352		errors during testing.
5353	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5354		printed in the error message.
5355	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5356		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5357	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5358		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5359		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5360	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5361		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5362		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5363	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5364		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5365		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5366		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5367		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5368		Results Computing.
5369	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5370		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5371		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5372		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5373		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5374	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5375		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5376		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5377		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5378		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5379		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5380		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5381		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5382		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5383		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5384		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5385		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5386		simultaneously.
5387	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5388		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5389	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5390		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5391		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5392	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5393		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5394		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5395		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5396	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5397		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5398		CSU Chico.
5399	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5400		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5401		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5402		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5403	Portability:
5404		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5405			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5406			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5407			be used instead.
5408		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5409			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5410		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5411		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5412		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5413			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5414		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5415			in Makefiles.
5416		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5417			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5418		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5419			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5420			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5421			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5422			NCR Corp.
5423		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5424			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5425		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5426			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5427			Resource Network
5428		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5429			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5430			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5431			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5432			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5433			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5434		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5435			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5436			Corp.
5437		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5438			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5439			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5440		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5441			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5442		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5443			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5444			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5445			PlainTalk.
5446	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5447		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5448		by Harry Styron.
5449	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5450		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5451	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5452	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5453		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5454		changed after open".
5455	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5456		files.
5457	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5458	NEW FILES:
5459		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5460		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5461		test/t_exclopen.c
5462		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5463	DELETED FILES:
5464		Makefile
5465
54668.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5467	    *************************************************************
5468	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5469	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5470	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5471	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5472	    *************************************************************
5473	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5474		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5475		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5476		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5477		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5478		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5479		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5480		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5481		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5482		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5483		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5484		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5485		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5486		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5487		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5488		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5489	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5490		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5491		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5492		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5493		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5494		another database; this can be used either to expose
5495		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5496		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5497		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5498		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5499		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5500		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5501		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5502		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5503		system directories.
5504	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5505		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5506		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5507		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5508		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5509		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5510		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5511	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5512		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5513		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5514		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5515		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5516		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5517		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5518		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5519		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5520		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5521		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5522		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5523		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5524		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5525		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5526		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5527	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5528		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5529		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5530		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5531		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5532		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5533	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5534		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5535		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5536	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5537		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5538		same host).
5539	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5540		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5541		from Theo de Raadt.
5542	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5543		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5544		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5545	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5546		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5547		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5548	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5549		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5550		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5551	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5552		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5553		Microsystems.
5554	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5555		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
5556		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5557	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5558		too large) don't send the bogus message.
5559	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5560		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
5561		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5562	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5563		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
5564		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5565	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5566		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
5567		Shapiro.
5568	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5569		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
5570		Sun Microsystems.
5571	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5572		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5573		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5574		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
5575		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
5576		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5577	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5578		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5579		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5580		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5581		Mercury Mail.
5582	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5583		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5584		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5585		Morgan Stanley.
5586	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5587		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5588		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5589		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5590	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5591		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5592		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5593		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5594		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5595		not be run.
5596	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5597		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5598		printing.
5599	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5600		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5601		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5602	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5603		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5604	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5605	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5606		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5607		erroneous results during a single message processing
5608		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5609	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5610		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5611		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5612		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5613		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5614		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5615		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5616	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5617		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5618		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5619		address as "may be forged".
5620	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5621		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5622		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5623	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5624		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5625		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5626		of TwinCom.
5627	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5628		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5629		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5630		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5631	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5632		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5633		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5634	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5635		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5636		Institute.
5637	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5638		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5639		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5640		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5641		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5642		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5643		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5644		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5645	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5646		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5647		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5648		book (2nd edition).
5649	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5650		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5651		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5652		John Beck of SunSoft.
5653	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5654		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5655		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5656	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5657		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5658	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5659		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5660	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5661		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5662	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5663		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5664		returns.
5665	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5666		on some architectures.
5667	Portability:
5668		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5669		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5670			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5671			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5672			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5673			of Washington.
5674		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5675			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5676			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5677		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5678		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5679		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5680		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5681			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5682			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5683			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5684		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5685		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5686			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5687			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5688			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5689			Cambridge.
5690		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5691			Kari Hurtta.
5692		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5693			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5694			IRIX Makefile).
5695		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5696			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5697	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5698		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5699		Brian Candler.
5700	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5701		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5702		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5703	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5704		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5705		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5706	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5707		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5708		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5709	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5710		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5711		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5712	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5713		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5714		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5715	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5716		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5717		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5718		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5719		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5720	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5721		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5722		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5723		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5724	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5725		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5726		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5727	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5728	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5729		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5730		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5731		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5732		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5733	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5734		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5735		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5736		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5737		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5738		developers).
5739	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5740		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5741		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5742	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5743		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5744		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5745		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5746	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5747		NEXTSTEP.
5748	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5749		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5750		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5751		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5752		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5753	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5754		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5755		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5756		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5757		for system accounts.
5758	NEW FILES:
5759		src/safefile.c
5760		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5761		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5762		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5763		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5764		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5765	RENAMED FILES:
5766		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5767		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5768
57698.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5770	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5771		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5772		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5773	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5774		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5775		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5776	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5777		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5778		University of Pennsylvania.
5779	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5780		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5781		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5782		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5783		was unnecessarily awful.
5784	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5785		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5786		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5787	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5788		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5789		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5790		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5791		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5792		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5793	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5794		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5795	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5796		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5797		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5798	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5799		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5800		Semiconductor Corp.
5801	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5802		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5803		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5804		at Austin.
5805	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5806		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5807		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5808		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5809		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5810	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5811		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5812		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5813		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5814		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5815	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5816		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5817		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5818		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5819		Costales.
5820	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5821		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5822		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5823		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5824		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5825	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5826		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5827		The current values and defaults are:
5828		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5829		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5830		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5831		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5832		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5833	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5834		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5835		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5836	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5837		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5838	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5839		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5840		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5841		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5842		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5843		Eric Hagberg.
5844	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5845		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5846		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5847		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5848	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5849		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5850		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5851		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5852	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5853		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5854		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5855		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5856		Communications.
5857	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5858		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5859		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5860		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5861	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5862		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5863	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5864		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5865	PORTABILITY:
5866		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5867			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5868		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5869			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5870		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5871		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5872			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5873			(Moscow).
5874		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5875		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5876		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5877		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5878		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5879			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5880	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5881		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5882		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5883		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5884		Received: line.
5885	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5886		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5887		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5888		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5889		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5890		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5891	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5892		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5893		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5894		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5895		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5896		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5897		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5898		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5899		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5900		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5901	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5902		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5903		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5904		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5905		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5906	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5907		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5908		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5909	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5910		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5911		Long Beach.
5912
59138.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5914	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5915		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5916		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5917		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5918		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5919		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5920		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5921	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5922		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5923		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5924		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5925		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5926		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5927		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5928		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5929		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5930	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5931		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5932		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5933	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5934		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5935		Problem noted by several people.
5936	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5937		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5938		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5939		by several people.
5940	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5941		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5942	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5943		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5944		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5945		of Best Internet Communications.
5946	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5947		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5948	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5949		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5950		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5951		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5952		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5953	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5954		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5955	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5956		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5957	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5958		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5959	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5960		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5961		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5962		by Roy Mongiovi.
5963	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5964		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5965	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5966		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5967		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5968		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5969		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5970	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5971		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5972		of Kyoto University.
5973	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5974		conditions from Don Lewis.
5975	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5976		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5977		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5978		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5979		patch from Bryan Costales.
5980	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5981		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5982			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5983			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5984			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5985			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5986		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5987			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5988		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5989			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5990		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5991			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5992			of Tokyo.
5993		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5994			Services, Inc.
5995		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5996			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5997			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5998			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5999		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6000			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6001	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6002		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6003	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6004		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6005	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6006		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6007		of NTT Software Corporation.
6008	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6009	NEW FILES:
6010		contrib/etrn.pl
6011
60128.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6013	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6014		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6015		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6016		best-of-security list.
6017	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6018		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6019		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6020		the wrong binary.
6021	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6022		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6023		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6024		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6025		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6026	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6027		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6028		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6029		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6030	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6031		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6032	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6033		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6034		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6035		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6036		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6037		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6038		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6039		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6040		Eric Wassenaar.
6041	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6042		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6043		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6044		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6045		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6046		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6047		UUNET.
6048	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6049		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6050		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6051		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6052		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6053	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6054		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6055		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6056		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6057	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6058		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6059	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6060		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6061		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6062		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6063	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6064		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6065		University of Linkoping.
6066	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6067		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6068		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6069	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6070		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6071		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6072		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6073		other end.
6074	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6075		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6076		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6077	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6078		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6079		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6080		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6081	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6082		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6083			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6084			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6085			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6086		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6087			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6088		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6089			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6090		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6091			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6092			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6093			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6094		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6095			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6096			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6097			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6098			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6099			Earickson of Colby College.
6100		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6101			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6102			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6103			Kari Hurtta.
6104	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6105		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6106		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6107	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6108		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6109		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6110		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6111	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6112		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6113		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6114		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6115		University of Washington, Seattle.
6116	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6117		Polytechnic Institute.
6118	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6119		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6120	NEW FILES:
6121		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6122		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6123		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6124
61258.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6126	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6127		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6128	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6129		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6130			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6131			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6132	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6133		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6134	CONFIG: no changes.
6135
61368.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6137	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6138		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6139		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6140	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6141		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6142		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6143		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6144		of WPI.
6145	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6146		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6147		Kyoto University.
6148	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6149		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6150		on illegal host names.
6151	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6152		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6153		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6154	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6155		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6156		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6157	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6158		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6159		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6160	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6161		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6162		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6163	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6164		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6165		University of Leicester.
6166	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6167		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6168		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6169		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6170		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6171		University of Washington.
6172	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6173		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6174			people pointed this out.
6175		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6176		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6177			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6178	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6179		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6180	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6181		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6182		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6183		Softec.
6184	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6185		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6186	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6187		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6188
61898.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6190	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6191		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6192	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6193		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6194		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6195	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6196		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6197		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6198		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6199	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6200		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6201		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6202		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6203		NSC (Japan).
6204	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6205		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6206		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6207	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6208		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6209		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6210		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6211	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6212		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6213		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6214		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6215		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6216		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6217		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6218		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6219	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6220		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6221	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6222		printout.
6223	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6224	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6225		square braces.
6226	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6227		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6228		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6229	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6230		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6231		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6232		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6233	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6234		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6235		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6236		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6237	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6238		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6239		Dandelion Digital.
6240	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6241		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6242	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6243		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6244		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6245	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6246		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6247		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6248	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6249		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6250	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6251		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6252		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6253		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6254		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6255	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6256		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6257	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6258		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6259		mailers.
6260	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6261		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6262		Myers of CMU.
6263	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6264		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6265		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6266		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6267		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6268		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6269	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6270		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6271		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6272		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6273		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6274		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6275		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6276		parameter.
6277	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6278		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6279		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6280		University of Maryland.
6281	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6282		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6283	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6284		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6285		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6286	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6287		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6288		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6289		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6290		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6291		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6292		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6293	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6294		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6295		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6296		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6297		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6298	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6299		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6300		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6301		section 5.2.5.
6302	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6303		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6304		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6305		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6306		is for incoming connections only.
6307	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6308		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6309		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6310		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6311		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6312		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6313		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6314		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6315	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6316		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6317		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6318		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6319		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6320		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6321		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6322		that take a very long time to run.
6323	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6324		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6325		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6326	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6327		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6328		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6329	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6330		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6331		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6332	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6333		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6334		Costales.
6335	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6336		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6337		Technologies, Inc.
6338	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6339		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6340		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6341	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6342		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6343		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6344		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6345		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6346		different for this case.
6347	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6348		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6349		of Stanford University.
6350	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6351		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6352		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6353		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6354	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6355		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6356		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6357	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6358		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6359		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6360	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6361		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6362		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6363		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6364	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6365		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6366		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6367		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6368		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6369		Pasteur Institute.
6370	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6371		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6372		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6373		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6374	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6375		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6376		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6377		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6378		canonification.
6379	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6380		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6381		mailers.
6382	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6383		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6384		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6385		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6386		either of these in their configuration file.
6387	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6388		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6389		St. Peter's College.
6390	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6391		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6392	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6393		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6394	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6395		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6396	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6397		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6398		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6399		Costales.
6400	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6401		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6402		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6403		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6404		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6405		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6406		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6407		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6408		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6409		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6410		in rulesets.
6411	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6412		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6413		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6414		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6415		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6416		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6417		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6418		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6419	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6420		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6421		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6422		on that basis.
6423	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6424		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6425	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6426		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6427		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6428		Vixie.
6429	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6430		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6431		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6432		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6433	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6434		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6435		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6436		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6437		two characters $, +.
6438	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6439		debug_dumpstate.
6440	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6441		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6442		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6443		valid recipients.
6444	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6445		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6446		noted by Tom May.
6447	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6448		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6449		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6450		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6451	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6452		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6453		Computing Corporation.
6454	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6455		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6456		Internet Communications.
6457	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6458		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6459		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6460		of Lysator.
6461	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6462		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6463		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6464		of the University of Iceland.
6465	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6466		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6467		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6468		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6469		this change is a no-op.
6470	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6471		Costales.
6472	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6473		Bryan Costales.
6474	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6475		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6476	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6477		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6478	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6479		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6480	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6481		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6482		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6483		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6484	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6485		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6486		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6487		Jones of UUNET.
6488	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6489		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6490		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6491	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6492		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6493		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6494		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6495		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6496		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6497	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6498		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6499		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6500		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6501		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6502		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6503		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6504		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6505		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6506		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6507		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6508		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6509	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6510		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6511		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6512		of Stanford University.
6513	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6514		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6515		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6516		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6517		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6518		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6519		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6520	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6521		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6522		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6523		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6524		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6525		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6526	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6527		Motonori Nakamura.
6528	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6529		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6530		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6531		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6532	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6533		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6534		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6535		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6536		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6537		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6538		value is ".hoststat".
6539		There are also two new operation modes:
6540		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6541		    connections.
6542		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6543		    recent status information.
6544		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6545		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6546		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6547		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6548		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6549	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6550		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6551		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6552		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6553		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6554		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6555		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6556		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6557		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6558		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
6559		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6560	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6561		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
6562		Costales.
6563	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6564		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6565	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6566		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6567		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6568		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6569	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6570		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6571		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6572		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6573		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6574		Webmasters.
6575	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6576		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6577		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
6578		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6579		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6580	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6581		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6582		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6583		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6584		of Washington, Seattle.
6585	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6586		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6587		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6588		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6589		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6590		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6591	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6592		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6593		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6594		Nakamura.
6595	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6596		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6597		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6598		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6599		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6600		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6601		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6602		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6603		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6604		well constrained.
6605	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6606		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6607		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6608		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6609		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6610	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6611		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6612		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6613		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6614		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6615		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6616	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6617		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6618		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6619	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6620		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6621		Wolfhugel.
6622	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6623		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6624	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6625		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6626		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6627	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6628		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6629	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6630		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6631		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6632		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6633		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6634	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6635		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6636		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6637		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6638	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6639		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6640		National University of Singapore.
6641	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6642		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6643		system can't cope with.
6644	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6645		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6646			Atlas International.
6647		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6648			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6649		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6650			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6651			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6652			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6653			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6654			Bernstein and Associates.
6655		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6656			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6657			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6658		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6659			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6660		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6661			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6662			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6663		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6664			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6665		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6666			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6667		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6668		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6669		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6670			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6671			Institute.
6672		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6673			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6674		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6675		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6676			Employment Standards Administration.
6677		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6678		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6679			Jr.
6680		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6681			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6682		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6683			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6684		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6685		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6686		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6687		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6688			of the University of Arizona.
6689		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6690			Vanderbilt University.
6691		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6692			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6693			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6694			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6695	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6696		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6697	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6698		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6699		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6700		Foundation.
6701	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6702	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6703		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6704		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6705		Myers of CMU.
6706	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6707		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6708		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6709	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6710		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6711		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6712		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6713		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6714		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6715		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6716		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6717	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6718		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6719		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6720		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6721		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6722		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6723		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6724	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6725		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6726		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6727		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6728			info@foo.com	foo-info
6729			info@bar.com	bar-info
6730			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6731		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6732		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6733		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6734		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6735		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6736		a great many people.
6737	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6738		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6739	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6740		"fax" mailer.
6741	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6742		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6743		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6744		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6745		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6746		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6747	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6748		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6749		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6750		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6751		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6752	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6753		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6754		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6755		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6756		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6757		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6758	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6759		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6760		of WPI.
6761	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6762		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6763		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6764	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6765		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6766		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6767	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6768		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6769		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6770		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6771	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6772	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6773		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6774		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6775		by Andreas Luik.
6776	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6777		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6778		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6779	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6780		Wolfhugel.
6781	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6782	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6783		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6784		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6785		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6786		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6787		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6788		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6789	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6790		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6791		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6792		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6793		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6794	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6795		Costales.
6796	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6797	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6798		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6799	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6800	NEW FILES:
6801		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6802		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6803		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6804		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6805		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6806		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6807		mailstats/mailstats.8
6808		praliases/praliases.8
6809		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6810		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6811		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6812		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6813		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6814		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6815		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6816		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6817		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6818		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6819		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6820	DELETED FILES:
6821		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6822		contrib/xla/README
6823		contrib/xla/xla.c
6824	RENAMED FILES:
6825		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6826		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6827		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6828		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6829		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6830
68318.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6832	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6833		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6834		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6835		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6836		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6837	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6838		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6839		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6840
68418.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6842	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6843		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6844		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6845		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6846		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6847		and others.
6848
68498.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6850	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6851		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6852		any user (except root).
6853	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6854		version number is unchanged.
6855
68568.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6857	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6858		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6859		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6860	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6861		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6862		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6863		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6864	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6865		Costales.
6866	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6867		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6868		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6869			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6870			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6871			Stanford University.
6872	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6873		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6874
68758.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6876	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6877		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6878		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6879	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6880		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6881		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6882		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6883		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6884		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6885		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6886	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6887		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6888		by Kari Hurtta.
6889	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6890		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6891		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6892		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6893		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6894		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6895		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6896		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6897		bounces when it should have requeued.
6898	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6899		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6900		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6901		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6902	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6903		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6904		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6905		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6906		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6907		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6908		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6909		Infobiogen.
6910	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6911		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6912		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6913		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6914		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6915	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6916		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6917	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6918		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6919		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6920	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6921		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6922		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6923	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6924		underscores.
6925	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6926		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6927		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6928	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6929		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6930		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6931		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6932	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6933		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6934		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6935		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6936		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6937	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6938		Costales of ICSI.
6939	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6940		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6941		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6942	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6943		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6944		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6945		Technological University.
6946	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6947		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6948		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6949		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6950	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6951		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6952	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6953		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6954	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6955		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6956		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6957		Inc.
6958	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6959		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6960		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6961	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6962		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6963		University.
6964	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6965		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6966		Association for Progressive Communications.
6967	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6968		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6969		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6970		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6971		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6972		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6973		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6974		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6975	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6976		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6977		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6978		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6979	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6980		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6981		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6982		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6983		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6984		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6985	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6986		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6987			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6988			James B. Davis of TCI.
6989		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6990			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6991		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6992			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6993			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6994			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6995			isn't supported on all compilers.
6996		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6997	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6998		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6999	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7000		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7001	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7002		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7003		(France).
7004	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7005		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7006	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7007		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7008		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7009	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7010		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7011		for different files.
7012	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7013		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7014		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7015	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7016		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7017		changes).
7018
70198.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7020	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7021		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7022		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7023		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7024	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7025		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7026		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7027		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7028		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7029		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7030	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7031		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7032		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7033		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7034		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7035		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7036		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7037		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7038		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7039		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7040	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7041		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7042		results.  This could have security implications.
7043	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7044		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7045		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7046	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7047		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7048		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7049		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7050		Elz.
7051	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7052		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7053	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7054		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7055		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7056		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7057		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7058		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7059		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7060		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7061		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7062		domain names are your friends.
7063	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7064		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7065	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7066		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7067	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7068		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7069		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7070		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7071		of TerraNet.
7072	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7073		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7074		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7075		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7076		of WPI.
7077	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7078		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7079			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7080			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7081			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7082			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7083		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7084			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7085		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7086		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7087		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7088			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7089	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7090		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7091		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7092	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7093		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7094		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7095	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7096		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7097		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7098		Infobiogen (France).
7099	NEW FILES:
7100		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7101		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7102		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7103
71048.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7105	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7106		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7107		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7108		Global Communications.
7109	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7110		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7111	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7112		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7113		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7114		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7115		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7116	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7117		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7118		can be confusing.
7119	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7120		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7121	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7122		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7123	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7124		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7125		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7126		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7127		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7128		Maryland.
7129	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7130		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7131		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7132		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7133		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7134	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7135		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7136		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7137		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7138		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7139	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7140		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7141	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7142		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7143		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7144		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7145	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7146		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7147		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7148		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7149		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7150		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7151		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7152		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7153		Swarthmore University.
7154	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7155		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7156		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7157		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7158			ruleset.
7159		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7160		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7161			-d debug flag.
7162		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7163		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7164		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7165		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7166			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7167			and the parsed address.
7168		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7169			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7170		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7171			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7172			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7173			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7174			recipients.
7175		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7176			return the result.
7177		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7178			`mapname' and return the result.
7179	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7180		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7181	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7182		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7183		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7184		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7185		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7186		that functionality.
7187	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7188		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7189		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7190		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7191		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7192		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7193	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7194		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7195		of Michigan Technological University.
7196	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7197		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7198		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7199		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7200		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7201		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7202		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7203		or not.
7204	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7205		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7206		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7207		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7208		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7209		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7210		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7211	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7212		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7213		should have minimal impact on external function.
7214	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7215		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7216			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7217		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7218			7	SevenBitInput
7219			8	EightBitMode
7220			A	AliasFile
7221			a	AliasWait
7222			B	BlankSub
7223			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7224			C	CheckpointInterval
7225			c	HoldExpensive
7226			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7227			d	DeliveryMode
7228			E	ErrorHeader
7229			e	ErrorMode
7230			f	SaveFromLine
7231			F	TempFileMode
7232			G	MatchGECOS
7233			H	HelpFile
7234			h	MaxHopCount
7235			i	IgnoreDots
7236			I	ResolverOptions
7237			J	ForwardPath
7238			j	SendMimeErrors
7239			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7240			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7241			L	LogLevel
7242			l	UseErrorsTo
7243			m	MeToo
7244			n	CheckAliases
7245			O	DaemonPortOptions
7246			o	OldStyleHeaders
7247			P	PostmasterCopy
7248			p	PrivacyOptions
7249			Q	QueueDirectory
7250			q	QueueFactor
7251			R	DontPruneRoutes
7252			r, T	Timeout
7253			S	StatusFile
7254			s	SuperSafe
7255			t	TimeZoneSpec
7256			u	DefaultUser
7257			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7258			V	FallbackMXHost
7259			v	Verbose
7260			w	TryNullMXList
7261			x	QueueLA
7262			X	RefuseLA
7263			Y	ForkEachJob
7264			y	RecipientFactor
7265			z	ClassFactor
7266			Z	RetryFactor
7267		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7268		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7269			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7270			$l	UnixFromLine
7271			$o	OperatorChars
7272			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7273		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7274		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7275		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7276		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7277	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7278		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7279		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7280		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7281		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7282		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7283		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7284		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7285		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7286		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7287	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7288		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7289		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7290			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7291			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7292		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7293			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7294			recipient mailer flags.
7295		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7296		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7297			delivery.
7298		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7299		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7300		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7301		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7302		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7303		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7304			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7305			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7306			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7307		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7308		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7309		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7310	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7311		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7312		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7313		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7314		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7315		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7316		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7317		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7318		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7319		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7320		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7321		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7322		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7323		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7324		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7325		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7326			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7327			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7328		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7329			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7330		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7331			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7332			flag is ignored.
7333		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7334			the setting of F=8.
7335	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7336		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7337		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7338		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7339	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7340		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7341		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7342		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7343	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7344		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7345		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7346		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7347	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7348		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7349		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7350		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7351		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7352		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7353		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7354		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7355	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7356		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7357		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7358		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7359		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7360		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7361		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7362		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7363		Unicom.
7364	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7365		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7366	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7367		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7368		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7369		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7370		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7371		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7372		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7373		from Chip Rosenthal.
7374	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7375		For example,
7376		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7377		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7378		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7379		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7380		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7381		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7382	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7383		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7384		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7385		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7386		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7387		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7388		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7389		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7390		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7391		contribution was to make it configurable).
7392	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7393		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7394		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7395		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7396		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7397		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7398	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7399		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7400		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7401		I/O redirection.
7402	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7403		can be confusing.
7404	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7405		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7406		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7407	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7408	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7409		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7410		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7411		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7412		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7413		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7414		queue-only.
7415	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7416		:include: and .forward files.
7417	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7418		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7419		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7420		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7421		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7422	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7423		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7424	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7425		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7426		Sun Microsystems.
7427	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7428		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7429		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7430		Hutton of Indiana University.
7431	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7432		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7433		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7434		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7435		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7436		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7437	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7438		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7439		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7440		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7441		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7442		as comments.
7443	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7444		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7445		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7446		are from sysexits.h.
7447	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7448		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7449		    Kmap1 ...
7450		    Kmap2 ...
7451		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7452		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7453		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7454		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7455	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7456		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7457		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7458		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7459		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7460		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7461		    Ksample switch hosts
7462		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7463		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7464		equivalent to
7465		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7466		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7467	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7468		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7469		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7470		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7471		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7472	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7473		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7474		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7475	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7476		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7477		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7478		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7479	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7480		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7481		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7482		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7483		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7484		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7485		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7486		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7487		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7488	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7489		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7490		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7491		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7492		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7493	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7494		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7495		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7496		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7497		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7498		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7499		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7500	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7501		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7502		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7503		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7504		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7505		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7506	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7507		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7508		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7509		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7510		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7511		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7512		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7513	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7514		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7515		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7516	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7517		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7518		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7519		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7520	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7521		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7522		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7523		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7524		much longer than the specified timeout.
7525	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7526		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7527		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7528		denial-of-service attack.
7529	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7530		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7531		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7532	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7533		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7534		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7535		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7536		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7537		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7538		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7539		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7540		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7541		actually file lookups.
7542	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7543		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7544		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7545		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7546	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7547		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7548		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7549		support for them has been removed.
7550	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7551		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7552		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7553	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7554		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7555		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
7556		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7557	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7558		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
7559		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7560	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7561		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7562		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7563	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7564		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7565		also improves the connection cache utilization.
7566	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7567		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
7568		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7569	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7570		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7571		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
7572		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7573		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
7574		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7575		Microsystems.
7576	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7577		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
7578		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7579		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
7580		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7581		option can give the network software time to establish
7582		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7583	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7584		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7585		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7586		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7587	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7588		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7589		the National Computer Security Center.
7590	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7591		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7592		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7593		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7594		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7595	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7596		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7597		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7598		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7599		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7600		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7601		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7602		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7603		University Computing Service.
7604	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7605		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7606		the University of Kentucky.
7607	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7608		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7609		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7610	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7611		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7612	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7613		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7614		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7615		Corporation.
7616	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7617		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7618		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7619		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7620	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7621		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7622		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7623		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7624		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7625		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7626		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7627	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7628		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7629		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7630	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7631		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7632		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7633		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7634	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7635		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7636		Communications.
7637	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7638		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7639		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7640		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7641		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7642	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7643		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7644		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7645		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7646		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7647	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7648		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7649	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7650		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7651		on values:
7652		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7653					message will be passed on even
7654					though it is in technically
7655					illegal syntax.
7656		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7657					recipients that it can find from
7658					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7659					Bcc: recipients.
7660		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7661					has almost no redeeming social value,
7662					and is provided only for back
7663					compatibility.
7664		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7665					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7666					which will have the effect of
7667					making the message legal without
7668					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7669		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7670					There is a chance that mailers down
7671					the line will delete this header,
7672					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7673					recipients.
7674		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7675	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7676		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7677		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7678		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7679		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7680	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7681		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7682		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7683		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7684		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7685		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7686		For example, if you run with
7687			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7688		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7689		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7690		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7691		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7692	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7693		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7694			list: member1
7695			list: member2
7696		and an alias file declared as:
7697			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7698		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7699		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7700		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7701	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7702	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7703		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7704		Johannesen.
7705	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7706		to be simpler and more consistent.
7707	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7708		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7709		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7710		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7711	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7712		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7713		This may affect some people who have written their own
7714		checkcompat() routine.
7715	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7716		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7717		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7718	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7719		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7720		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7721		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7722	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7723		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7724		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7725		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7726		Corporation.
7727	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7728		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7729		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7730		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7731		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7732		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7733		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7734		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7735	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7736		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7737		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7738	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7739		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7740		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7741	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7742		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7743		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7744	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7745		the header.
7746	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7747	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7748		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7749		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7750	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7751		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7752		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7753		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7754		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7755		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7756	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7757		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7758		is added between the first and second word of the first
7759		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7760		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7761		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7762		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7763		old sendmails understand.
7764	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7765		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7766	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7767		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7768		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7769		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7770		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7771		data -- for example,
7772		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7773					(romanized/less information)
7774		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7775					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7776					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7777		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7778					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7779		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7780		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7781	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7782		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7783		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7784		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7785		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7786		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7787		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7788	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7789		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7790		increment on the background value).
7791	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7792		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7793		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7794	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7795		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7796		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7797	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7798		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7799		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7800		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7801		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7802	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7803		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7804		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7805		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7806		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7807		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7808		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7809		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7810		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7811	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7812		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7813		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7814		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7815		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7816		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7817		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7818	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7819		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7820		service type is "files".
7821	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7822		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7823		into class "c".
7824	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7825		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7826		contributed by SunSoft.
7827	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7828		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7829		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7830		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7831		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7832		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7833		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7834		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7835		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7836		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7837	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7838		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7839		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7840		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7841	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7842		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7843		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7844		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7845		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7846		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7847		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7848	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7849		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7850	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7851		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7852		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7853	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7854		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7855		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7856		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7857		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7858		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7859		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7860		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7861		flags.
7862	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7863		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7864		Motonori Nakamura.
7865	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7866		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7867		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7868		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7869		of MIT.
7870	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7871		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7872	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7873		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7874		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7875		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7876		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7877		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7878		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7879		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7880		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7881	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7882		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7883		the make.
7884	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7885		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7886		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7887		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7888	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7889		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7890		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7891		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7892		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7893		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7894	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7895		of Sun Microsystems.
7896	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7897		is at least 50% faster.
7898	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7899		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7900		University.
7901	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7902		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7903	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7904		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7905		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7906		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7907	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7908		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7909		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7910	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7911		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7912		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7913		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7914		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7915		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7916	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7917		Carnegie Mellon.
7918	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7919		support.
7920	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7921		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7922		Global Information Solutions.
7923	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7924		From Motonori Nakamura.
7925	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7926		Motonori Nakamura.
7927	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7928		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7929	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7930		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7931		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7932		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7933		James of British Telecom.
7934	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7935		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7936	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7937		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7938		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7939		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7940		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7941		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7942		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7943	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7944		a bad guy can read your private files.
7945	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7946		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7947		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7948			University.  This expands the disk size
7949			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7950		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7951			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7952		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7953			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7954		Linux Makefile typo.
7955		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7956			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7957		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7958			University, Chico.
7959		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7960			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7961			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7962			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7963			This requires adaptation of code that really
7964			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7965			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7966		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7967			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7968		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7969			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7970		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7971			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7972			problems.
7973		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7974			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7975			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7976		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7977			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7978		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7979			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7980		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7981			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7982			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7983			Wemm of DIALix.
7984		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7985			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7986			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7987			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7988			of Ohio State University.
7989		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7990			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7991			University.
7992		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7993			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7994			Mainz.
7995		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7996		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7997			wrong statfs call).
7998		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7999		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8000			University.
8001		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8002		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8003			Rochester Medical Center.
8004		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8005			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8006			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8007			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8008			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8009		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8010			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8011			Division.
8012		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8013			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8014		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8015			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8016		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8017			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8018		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8019		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8020			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8021		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8022		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8023		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8024		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8025		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8026			of Meteo France.
8027		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8028		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8029		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8030		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8031		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8032		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8033		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8034		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8035		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8036		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8037			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8038		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8039			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8040		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8041			of Colorado.
8042		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8043	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8044		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8045		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8046	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8047		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8048		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8049		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8050	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8051		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8052		giving the local administrator more control over what
8053		programs can be run from sendmail.
8054	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8055		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8056		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8057		never will.
8058	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8059		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8060		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8061	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8062		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8063		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8064		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8065		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8066	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8067		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8068	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8069		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8070		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8071		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8072			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8073		or
8074			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8075		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8076		can use:
8077			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8078		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8079		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8080		compatibility.
8081	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8082		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8083	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8084		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8085	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8086		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8087		County.
8088	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8089	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8090		just unqualified ones.
8091	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8092		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8093	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8094		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8095	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8096		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8097		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8098		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8099		centralized hub.
8100	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8101	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8102		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8103		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8104	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8105		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8106		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8107		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8108		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8109	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8110		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8111		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8112	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8113		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8114		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8115		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8116		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8117		but it is a no-op.
8118	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8119		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8120		as User Unknown.
8121	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8122		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8123		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8124		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8125	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8126		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8127		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8128	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8129		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8130		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8131		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8132	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8133		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8134		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8135	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8136	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8137		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8138	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8139		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8140		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8141		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8142	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8143		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8144		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8145		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8146		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8147		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8148		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8149		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8150	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8151		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8152		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8153		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8154		assumed.
8155	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8156		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8157		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8158		Information Systems Agency.
8159	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8160		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8161		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8162	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8163		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8164		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8165		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8166		that really can be used in the real world.
8167	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8168		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8169		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8170	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8171		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8172	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8173		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8174		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8175		by Scott Hutton.
8176	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8177		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8178	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8179		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8180		people.
8181	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8182		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8183	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8184		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8185		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8186	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8187		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8188		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8189	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8190		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8191		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8192		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8193	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8194		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8195		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8196		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8197		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8198		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8199	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8200		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8201		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8202	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8203		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8204		by Kimmo Suominen.
8205	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8206		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8207		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8208	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8209		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8210	NEW FILES:
8211		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8212		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8213		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8214		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8215		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8216		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8217		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8218		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8219		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8220		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8221		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8222		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8223		cf/domain/generic.m4
8224		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8225		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8226		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8227		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8228		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8229		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8230		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8231		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8232		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8233		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8234		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8235		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8236		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8237		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8238		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8239		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8240		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8241		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8242		contrib/bsdi.mc
8243		contrib/mailprio
8244		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8245		mail.local/mail.local.0
8246		makemap/makemap.0
8247		smrsh/README
8248		smrsh/smrsh.0
8249		smrsh/smrsh.8
8250		smrsh/smrsh.c
8251		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8252		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8253		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8254		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8255		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8256		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8257		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8258		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8259		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8260		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8261		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8262		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8263		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8264		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8265		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8266		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8267		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8268		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8269		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8270		src/aliases.0
8271		src/mailq.0
8272		src/mime.c
8273		src/newaliases.0
8274		src/sendmail.0
8275		test/t_seteuid.c
8276	RENAMED FILES:
8277		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8278		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8279		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8280		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8281		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8282		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8283		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8284		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8285		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8286		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8287		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8288		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8289		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8290		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8291		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8292		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8293		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8294		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8295		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8296		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8297		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8298	OBSOLETED FILES:
8299		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8300		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8301		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8302		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8303		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8304		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8305		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8306		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8307		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8308		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8309		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8310		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8311		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8312
83138.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8314	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8315		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8316		any user (except root).
8317	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8318		version number is unchanged.
8319
83208.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8321	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8322		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8323		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8324		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8325		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8326		each other!).
8327	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8328		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8329		than fork().
8330
83318.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8332	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8333		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8334	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8335		message when attempted from IDENT.
8336	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8337		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8338		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8339		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8340	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8341		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8342		partial lines.
8343	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8344		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8345		Rob McMahon.
8346	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8347		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8348		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8349		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8350	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8351		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8352		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8353		Novell Labs Europe.
8354	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8355		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8356		Cal State Chico.
8357	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8358		*Hobbit*.
8359	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8360		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8361	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8362		from Spider Boardman.
8363	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8364		with the binaries).
8365
83668.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8367	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8368		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8369	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8370		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8371		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8372		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8373		implications.
8374	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8375		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8376		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8377		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8378	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8379		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8380		University of Texas.
8381	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8382		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8383		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8384		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8385	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8386		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8387		Data General.
8388	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8389		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8390		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8391	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8392		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8393		with a lot of arguments).
8394	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8395		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8396		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8397		Michigan.
8398	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8399		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8400		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8401		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8402		Thibault.
8403	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8404		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8405		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8406		some of the map code.
8407	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8408		with the binaries).
8409
84108.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8411	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8412		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8413		may have some security implications.
8414	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8415		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8416		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8417	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8418		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8419	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8420		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8421	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8422	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8423		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8424		option.
8425	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8426		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8427		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8428		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8429		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8430		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8431		Rochester.
8432	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8433		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8434		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8435	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8436		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8437		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8438	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8439		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8440		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8441	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8442		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8443		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8444		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8445		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8446		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8447		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8448		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8449		messages.
8450	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8451		message to explain how much space was available and
8452		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8453		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8454	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8455		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8456		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8457		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8458		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8459		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8460		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8461		Kapor Enterprises.
8462	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8463		without recompiling.
8464	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8465		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8466		purely cosmetic.
8467	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8468		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8469		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8470	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8471		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8472		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8473		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8474		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8475		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8476		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8477	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8478		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8479		Wolfhugel.
8480	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8481		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8482		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8483		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8484		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8485		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8486		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8487		size around and can never start listening to connections
8488		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8489		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8490		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8491		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8492		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8493		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8494		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8495		implications.
8496	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8497		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8498	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8499		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8500		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8501	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8502		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8503		information.
8504	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8505		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8506		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8507		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8508		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8509		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8510		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8511	Portability fixes:
8512		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8513		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8514		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8515		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8516		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8517		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8518			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8519		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8520			Corporation.
8521		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8522		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8523			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8524		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8525	New Files:
8526		src/Makefile.CLIX
8527		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8528		doc/changes/Makefile
8529		doc/changes/changes.me
8530		doc/changes/changes.ps
8531
85328.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8533	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8534		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8535		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8536
85378.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8538	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8539		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8540		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8541		list.
8542
85438.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8544	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8545		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8546		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8547		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8548		valid shell.
8549	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8550		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8551		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8552		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
8553		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
8554		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8555	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8556		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8557		from a local user to another local user.  From
8558		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8559	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8560		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
8561		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8562	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8563		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8564		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8565		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8566		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8567		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8568		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8569		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8570		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8571	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8572		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
8573		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8574	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8575		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8576		BSD-like system.
8577	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8578		protocol entirely.
8579	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8580		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8581		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8582		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8583		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8584	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8585	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8586		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8587		files.
8588	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8589		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8590		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8591	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8592		of CMU.
8593	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8594		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8595		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8596	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8597		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8598		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8599		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8600	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8601		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8602		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8603		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8604		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8605		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8606	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8607		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8608	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8609		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8610		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8611		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8612		Motonori Nakamura.
8613	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8614		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8615		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8616	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8617		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8618		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8619		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8620	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8621		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8622		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8623	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8624		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8625		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8626	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8627		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8628		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8629		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8630	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8631		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8632		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8633		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8634	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8635		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8636		didn't see the class items being added.
8637	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8638		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8639		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8640		Rutgers.
8641	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8642		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8643	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8644		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8645		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8646		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8647		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8648		the problem myself.
8649	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8650		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8651		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8652		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8653	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8654		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8655		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8656		UUNET.
8657	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8658		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8659		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8660		John Oleynick.
8661	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8662		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8663		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8664	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8665		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8666		Nakamura.
8667	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8668		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8669		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8670		University of Washington.
8671	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8672		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8673	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8674		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8675		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8676		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8677		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8678		of Cambridge University.
8679	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8680		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8681		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8682	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8683		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8684		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8685	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8686		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8687		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8688		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8689		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8690		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8691		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8692		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8693		a chance.
8694	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8695		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8696	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8697		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8698		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8699		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8700		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8701		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8702		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8703		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8704	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8705		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8706	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8707	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8708		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8709		size for various mailers.
8710	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8711		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8712		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8713	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8714		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8715		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8716	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8717	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8718		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8719		system.
8720	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8721		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8722		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8723	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8724		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8725		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8726	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8727		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8728		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8729		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8730		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8731		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8732		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8733		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8734		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8735		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8736		University of Sydney.
8737	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8738		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8739		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8740		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8741		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8742	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8743		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8744		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8745		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8746		Suominen.
8747	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8748		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8749		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8750		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8751	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8752		Suominen.
8753	Portability fixes:
8754		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8755		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8756		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8757		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8758		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8759		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8760		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8761		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8762		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8763	NEW FILES:
8764		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8765		src/Makefile.PTX
8766		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8767		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8768		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8769		src/mailq.1
8770		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8771		doc/op/Makefile
8772		doc/intro/Makefile
8773		doc/usenix/Makefile
8774
87758.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8776	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8777		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8778		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8779	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8780		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8781		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8782		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8783		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8784	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8785		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8786		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8787		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8788		Christian Wettergren.
8789	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8790		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8791		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8792		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8793		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8794		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8795		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8796		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8797		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8798		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8799		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8800		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8801		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8802		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8803	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8804		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8805		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8806		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8807	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8808		connection to create problems on the current job.
8809		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8810		the wrong place.
8811	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8812		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8813		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8814		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8815	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8816		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8817	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8818		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8819		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8820	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8821		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8822		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8823		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8824		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8825	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8826		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8827		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8828	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8829		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8830		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8831	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8832		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8833	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8834		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8835		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8836		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8837	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8838		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8839		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8840	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8841		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8842		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8843	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8844		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8845		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8846	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8847		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8848		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8849		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8850		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8851		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8852	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8853		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8854		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8855		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8856	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8857		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8858		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8859		dot convention.
8860	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8861		of from a clean exit.
8862	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8863		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8864		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8865	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8866		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8867		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8868		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8869	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8870		Jones of UUNET.
8871	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8872		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8873		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8874		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8875	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8876		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8877		says that they should be ignored.
8878	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8879		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8880		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8881		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8882		is not reentrant.
8883	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8884		documented in the Bat Book.
8885	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8886		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8887		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8888		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8889	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8890		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8891		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8892		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8893		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8894	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8895		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8896	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8897		of Kyoto University.
8898	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8899		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8900	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8901		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8902	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8903		Bryan Costales.
8904	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8905		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8906	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8907		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8908		Nakamura.
8909	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8910		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8911		illegal addresses appearing there).
8912	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8913		BB&N.
8914	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8915		included.
8916	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8917		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8918	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8919		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8920		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8921		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8922	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8923		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8924	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8925		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8926		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8927	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8928		to include a host name or other useful information.
8929	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8930		DeMarco.
8931	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8932		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8933		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8934		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8935		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8936	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8937		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8938	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8939		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8940		this properly).
8941	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8942		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8943		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8944	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8945		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8946		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8947		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8948		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8949		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8950		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8951		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8952	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8953		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8954		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8955		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8956		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8957		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8958		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8959	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8960		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8961		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8962		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8963	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8964		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8965	Portability fixes for:
8966		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8967		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8968		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8969		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8970		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8971			of Stoner Associates.
8972		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8973		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8974			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8975			of Maryland.
8976		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8977		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8978		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8979		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8980		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8981		RISC/os.
8982		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8983			at Chico.
8984		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8985		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8986		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8987			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8988			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8989	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8990		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8991		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8992		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8993		addresses when relaying internally.
8994	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8995		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8996		provided by Peter Wemm.
8997	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8998		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8999		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9000	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9001		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9002	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9003		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9004		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9005		names.
9006	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9007		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9008		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9009	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9010		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9011		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9012		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9013		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9014	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9015		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9016	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9017	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9018		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9019		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9020		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9021		of Georgia Tech.
9022	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9023		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9024	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9025		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9026		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9027		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9028		the local name prepended.
9029	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9030	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9031	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9032		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9033	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9034		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9035		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9036	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9037		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9038			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9039		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9040			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9041			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9042			cause some .forward files that have worked
9043			before to start failing.
9044		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9045	NEW FILES:
9046		src/Makefile.DGUX
9047		src/Makefile.Dynix
9048		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9049		src/Makefile.Mach386
9050		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9051		src/Makefile.RISCos
9052		src/Makefile.SCO
9053		src/Makefile.SVR4
9054		src/Makefile.Titan
9055		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9056		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9057		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9058		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9059		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9060		makemap/Makefile.dist
9061		praliases/Makefile.dist
9062
90638.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9064	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9065		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9066		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9067	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9068		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9069		class of attack.
9070	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9071		in a few critical places.
9072	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9073		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9074		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9075		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9076		and High-Energy Physics.
9077	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9078		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9079		Eric Wassenaar.
9080	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9081		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9082		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9083		Wassenaar.
9084	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9085		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9086		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9087		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9088	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9089		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9090		these can have different values depending on which
9091		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9092	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9093		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9094	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9095		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9096		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9097		postmaster" case.
9098	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9099	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9100		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9101	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9102		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9103		Christopher Davis.
9104	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9105		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9106		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9107		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9108	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9109		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9110
91118.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9112	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9113		addresses that get return-receipts.
9114	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9115		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9116		and end up sending the message several times.
9117	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9118		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9119		four hours".
9120	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9121		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9122		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9123		Cornell University Medical College.
9124	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9125		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9126		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9127		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9128		Wassenaar.
9129	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9130		connections fail during message collection.  From
9131		Eric Wassenaar.
9132	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9133		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9134		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9135		Stratus.
9136	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9137		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9138		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9139	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9140		by non-root users were not put into
9141		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9142		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9143		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9144	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9145		could get confused as to whether a database was
9146		open or not.
9147	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9148		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9149		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9150		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9151		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9152	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9153		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9154		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9155	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9156
91578.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9158	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9159	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9160		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9161		propagated to the queue file.
9162
91638.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9164	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9165		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9166	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9167		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9168		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9169		header files but don't have the syscall.
9170	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9171		if trymx == FALSE.
9172	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9173		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9174		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9175		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9176	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9177		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9178	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9179		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9180		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9181		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9182		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9183		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9184		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9185	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9186		Kanbe.
9187	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9188		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9189		Wisner of The Well.
9190	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9191		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9192	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9193		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9194		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9195		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9196		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9197		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9198		read permission.
9199	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9200		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9201		MX suppression will still work.
9202	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9203		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9204		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9205		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9206	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9207		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9208		Nakamura.
9209	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9210		"CX $Z" works.
9211	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9212		trying to send the original message if the connection
9213		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9214		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9215		by John Myers of CMU.
9216	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9217		term bug.
9218	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9219		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9220		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9221		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9222		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9223		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9224	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9225	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9226		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9227	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9228		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9229		level.
9230	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9231		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9232		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9233		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9234		address.
9235	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9236		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9237		Harvey Mudd College.
9238	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9239		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9240		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9241		their full name information.
9242	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9243		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9244		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9245	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9246		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9247	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9248		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9249		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9250		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9251	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9252		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9253		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9254		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9255	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9256		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9257		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9258		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9259		names.
9260	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9261		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9262		helpful.
9263	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9264		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9265		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9266		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9267	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9268		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9269		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9270	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9271		that claims to be itself works properly.
9272	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9273		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9274		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9275		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9276	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9277		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9278		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9279	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9280		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9281		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9282		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9283		scratch.
9284	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9285		true address to still send to the original address
9286		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9287		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9288		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9289	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9290		more trouble than it was worth.
9291	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9292		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9293		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9294	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9295		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9296		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9297	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9298		the queue.
9299	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9300		messages don't come out with stale information.
9301	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9302		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9303	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9304		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9305		Myers of CMU.
9306	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9307		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9308		Corrigan.
9309	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9310		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9311		sender address.
9312	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9313	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9314	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9315		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9316		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9317		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9318		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9319		that does bulk data transfer).
9320	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9321		Amir Plivatsky.
9322	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9323		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9324		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9325		bogus config files that were not caught.
9326	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9327		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9328	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9329		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9330		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9331	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9332		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9333	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9334		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9335		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9336		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9337	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9338		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9339	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9340		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9341	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9342		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9343	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9344		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9345		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9346		Melbourne.
9347	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9348		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9349		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9350		to match regular entries.
9351	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9352		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9353	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9354		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9355	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9356		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9357		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9358	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9359		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9360		messages is the best possible.
9361	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9362		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9363		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9364	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9365		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9366	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9367		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9368	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9369		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9370	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9371	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9372		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9373		on the address.
9374	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9375		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9376		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9377		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9378		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9379	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9380	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9381	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9382		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9383		addresses in any detail.
9384	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9385		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9386	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9387		with an address such as "!foo".
9388	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9389		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9390		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9391		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9392		Bret Marquis.
9393
93948.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9395	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9396		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9397		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9398		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9399	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9400		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9401		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9402		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9403		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9404		Nakamura.
9405	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9406		are no DNS records matching the name.
9407	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9408		original message was received ... from localhost".
9409		The correct original host information is now included.
9410	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9411		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9412		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9413	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9414		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9415	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9416		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9417		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9418		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9419		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9420		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9421		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9422		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9423
94248.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9425	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9426		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9427		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9428		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9429		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9430		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9431		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9432		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9433		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9434		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9435		UIUC sendmail.
9436	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9437		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9438		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9439		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9440		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9441		by Neil Rickert.
9442	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9443		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9444		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9445		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9446		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9447		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9448		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9449		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9450		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9451		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9452	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9453		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9454		humans.
9455	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9456		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9457	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9458		repaired).
9459	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9460		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9461		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9462		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9463	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9464		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9465		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9466	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9467		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9468		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9469		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9470		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9471	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9472		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9473		core dumps on some machines.
9474	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9475		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9476		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9477		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9478		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9479		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9480		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9481		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9482		some true error conditions.
9483	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9484		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9485		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9486		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9487	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9488		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9489		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9490		by Motonori Nakamura.
9491	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9492		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9493		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9494		a queue run than a direct run.
9495	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9496		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9497		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9498	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9499		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9500		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9501		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9502		restart it.
9503	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9504		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9505		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9506		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9507		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9508		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9509		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9510		is appropriately functional.
9511	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9512		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9513		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9514		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9515	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9516		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9517		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9518		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9519		Technologies.
9520	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9521		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9522		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9523		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9524		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9525		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9526		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9527		things.
9528	Portability changes:
9529		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9530			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9531			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9532			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9533			of Colorado.
9534		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9535			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9536		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9537			Corporation.
9538		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9539			documentation apparently doesn't define
9540			__STDC__ by default).
9541		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9542		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9543			Motonori Nakamura.
9544	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9545	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9546		several people have made a good argument that this
9547		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9548		may prove painful in the short run).
9549	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9550		format.
9551	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9552		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9553		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9554	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9555		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9556		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9557		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9558		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9559	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9560		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9561		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9562		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9563	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9564		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9565		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9566		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9567	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9568		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
9569		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9570		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
9571		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9572	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9573		environments.  Ugly as sin.
9574
95758.3/8.3		1993/07/13
9576	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9577		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9578		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
9579		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9580		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9581		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9582		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9583		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9584		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9585	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9586		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9587		"user friendly".
9588	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9589		16 bytes/sec.
9590	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9591		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9592		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9593		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9594		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9595		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9596		for quick test cases.
9597	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9598		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9599		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9600		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9601	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9602		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9603		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9604	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9605		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9606		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9607		From Michael Corrigan.
9608	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9609		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9610		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9611	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9612		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9613		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9614	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9615		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9616		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9617	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9618
96198.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9620	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9621	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9622		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9623		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9624	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9625	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9626		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9627		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9628		from Bill Wisner.
9629	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9630		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9631	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9632		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9633		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9634	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9635		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9636		match the other flags in that file.
9637	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9638	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9639		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9640	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9641		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9642		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9643	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9644		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9645	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9646		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9647		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9648	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9649		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9650		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9651	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9652		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9653		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9654		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9655		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9656	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9657		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9658		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9659		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9660		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9661		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9662		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9663		be owned by you.
9664	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9665		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9666		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9667		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9668	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9669	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9670	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9671		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9672		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9673		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9674		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9675		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9676	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9677		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9678		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9679		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9680		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9681		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9682		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9683		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9684		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9685		it adapts.
9686	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9687		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9688		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9689		way.
9690	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9691		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9692		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9693	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9694		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9695		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9696		only happen when there has been another error in the
9697		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9698		by default in conf.h.
9699	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9700		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9701		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9702		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9703		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9704		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9705		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9706		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9707	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9708		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9709		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9710		See cf/README for an example.
9711	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9712		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9713	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9714		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9715		has been requested by several people, but can break
9716		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9717		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9718		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9719		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9720	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9721		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9722		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9723	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9724		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9725		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9726		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9727	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9728		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9729		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9730
97318.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9732	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9733		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9734	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9735		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9736		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9737	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9738
97398.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9740	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9741		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9742		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9743
97448.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9745	Another mailertable fix....
9746
97478.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9748	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9749